HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 54635-PM1CSC No. 54635-PM1
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised March 20, 2020
SECTION 00 00 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders 03/20/2020
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 03/20/2020
00 41 00 Bid Form 04/02/2014
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 05/22/2019
00 43 13 Bid Bond 04/02/2014
00 45 11 Bidders Prequalification’s 04/02/2014
00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015
00 45 13 Bidder Prequalification Application 03/09/2020
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 04/02/2014
00 45 40 Minority Business Enterprise Goal 08/21/2018
00 52 43 Agreement 06/16/2016
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011
00 62 13 Performance Bond 01/31/2012
00 62 14 Payment Bond 01/31/2012
00 62 19 Maintenance Bond 01/31/2012
00 72 00 General Conditions 11/15/2017
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 07/01/2011
00 73 10 Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer
Awarded Projects 01/10/2013
Division 01 - General Requirements Last Revised
01 11 00 Summary of Work 12/20/2012
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/30/2013
01 31 20 Project Meetings 07/01/2011
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 08/30/2013
01 33 00 Submittals 08/30/2013
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 08/30/2013
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011
01 55 26 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011
01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/20/2020
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 04/07/2014
01 71 23 Construction Staking 04/07/2014
01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 04/07/2014
01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised March 20, 2020
Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this
Project; hard copies are included in the Project’s Contract Documents
Non-City of Fort Worth Specifications
01656 Disinfection of Water Reservoirs
09900 Painting
13213 Hydropneumatic Tank
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16012 Electrical Work
16110 Raceways
16111 Conduit, Fittings and Bodies
16120 600-Volt Building Wire and Cable
16131 Device, Pull and Junction Boxes
16135 Cabinets, Boxes and Fittings
16140 Wiring Devices
16150 Electric Motors
16165 Disconnect Switches
16195 Electrical Identification
16402 Underground Duct Banks
16452 Grounding
16475 Overcurrent Protective Devices
16476 Disconnects and Circuit Breakers
Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be
viewed/downloaded from the City’s website at:
http://fortworthtexas.gov/tpw/contractors/
or
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/
Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 12/20/2012
02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 12/20/2012
02 41 15 Paving Removal 02/02/2016
Division 03 - Concrete
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 12/20/2012
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 12/20/2012
03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 12/20/2012
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 12/20/2012
Division 26 - Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 11/22/2013
26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012
26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 07/01/2011
26 05 50 Communications Multi-Duct Conduit 02/26/2016
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised March 20, 2020
Division 31 - Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing 12/20/2012
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 01/28/2013
31 23 23 Borrow 01/28/2013
31 24 00 Embankments 01/28/2013
31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 12/20/2012
31 36 00 Gabions 12/20/2012
31 37 00 Riprap 12/20/2012
Division 32 - Exterior Improvements
32 01 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 01 18 Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 37 Liquid Treated Soil Stabilizer 08/21/2015
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 12/20/2012
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 12/20/2012
32 13 13 Concrete Paving 12/20/2012
32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 06/05/2018
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012
32 14 16 Brick Unit Paving 12/20/2012
32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 10/05/2016
32 17 23 Pavement Markings 11/22/2013
32 17 25 Curb Address Painting 11/04/2013
32 31 13 Chain Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 31 26 Wire Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 31 29 Wood Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 32 13 Cast-in-Place Concrete Retaining Walls 06/05/2018
32 91 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 12/20/2012
32 92 13 Hydro-Mulching, Seeding, and Sodding 12/20/2012
32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs 12/20/2012
Division 33 - Utilities
33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 12/20/2012
33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 03/03/2016
33 03 10 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 12/20/2012
33 04 10 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 12/20/2012
33 04 11 Corrosion Control Test Stations 12/20/2012
33 04 12 Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System 12/20/2012
33 04 30 Temporary Water Services 07/01/2011
33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 02/06/2013
33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 12/20/2012
33 05 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 12/12/2016
33 05 12 Water Line Lowering 12/20/2012
33 05 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Cast Iron 01/22/2016
33 05 13.10 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Composite 01/22/2016
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised March 20, 2020
33 05 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to
Grade 12/20/2012
33 05 16 Concrete Water Vaults 12/20/2012
33 05 17 Concrete Collars 12/20/2012
33 05 20 Auger Boring 12/20/2012
33 05 21 Tunnel Liner Plate 12/20/2012
33 05 22 Steel Casing Pipe 12/20/2012
33 05 23 Hand Tunneling 12/20/2012
33 05 24 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 06/19/2013
33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012
33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012
33 11 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012
33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 12/20/2012
33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012
33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 11/16/2018
33 11 13 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 12/20/2012
33 11 14 Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 12/20/2012
33 12 10 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017
33 12 11 Large Water Meters 12/20/2012
33 12 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 12/20/2012
33 12 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 12/20/2012
33 12 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013
33 12 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems 12/20/2012
33 12 40 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014
33 12 50 Water Sample Stations 12/20/2012
33 12 60 Standard Blow-off Valve Assembly 06/19/2013
33 31 12 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 12/20/2012
33 31 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 12/20/2012
33 31 15 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Sanitary Sewer 12/20/2012
33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 06/19/2013
33 31 21 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer
Pipe 12/20/2012
33 31 22 Sanitary Sewer Slip Lining 12/20/2012
33 31 23 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12/20/2012
33 31 50 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 04/26/2013
33 31 70 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 12/20/2012
33 39 10 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 30 Fiberglass Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 40 Wastewater Access Chamber (WAC) 12/20/2012
33 39 60 Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 12/20/2012
33 41 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 07/01/2011
33 41 11 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Storm Drain 12/20/2012
33 41 12 Reinforced Polyethlene (SRPE) Pipe 11/13/2015
33 46 00 Subdrainage 12/20/2012
33 46 01 Slotted Storm Drains 07/01/2011
33 46 02 Trench Drains 07/01/2011
33 49 10 Cast-in-Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 12/20/2012
33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets 12/20/2012
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised March 20, 2020
33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Wingwalls 07/01/2011
Division 34 - Transportation
34 41 10 Traffic Signals 10/12/2015
34 41 10.01 Attachment A – Controller Cabinet 12/18/2015
34 41 10.02 Attachment B – Controller Specification 02/2012
34 41 10.03 Attachment C – Software Specification 01/2012
34 41 11 Temporary Traffic Signals 11/22/2013
34 41 13 Removing Traffic Signals 12/20/2012
34 41 15 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon 11/22/2013
34 41 16 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal 11/22/2013
34 41 20 Roadway Illumination Assemblies 12/20/2012
34 41 20.01 Arterial LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 20.02 Freeway LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 20.03 Residential LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 30 Aluminum Signs 11/12/2013
34 41 50 Single-Mode Fiber Optic Cable 02/26/2016
34 71 13 Traffic Control 11/22/2013
Appendix
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC-4.04 Underground Facilities
GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC-6.06.D Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance
GC-6.07 Wage Rates
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities
GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination
GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements
END OF SECTION
uu az 33
DAP - BID PROPOSAL
Page 1 0(1
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
VENTANA PUMPING FACILITY HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK ADDITION
UNIT PRICE BID
Bidder's Application
Project [tem [nformation Bidder's Proposal
Unit of Bid
Bidlist Item No. Description SpeciScation Section No. tileasure Quantity Unit Price Bid Value
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
9999.0001 Hydrotank Installation 00 00 00 EA 1 $37,786.00 $37,786.00
9999.0002 Concrete Material and Labor 03 30 00 LS 1 $9,392.00 $9,392.00
9999.0003 Pipe/Valves w/ Fittings, Material & Labor 33 11 10 LS 1 $25,833.00 $25,833.00
_...._._
9999.0004 Miscellaneous Material & Labor 00 00 00 LS 1 $6,269.00 $6,269.00
9999.0005 Electrical Work 00 00 00 LS 1 $117,700.00 $117,700.00
9999.0006 SWPPP 00 00 00 LS 1 $1,925.00 $1,925.00
TOTAL UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $198,905.00
Bid Summary
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS
This Bid is submitted by the entity named below:
BIDDER:
Coutractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within
CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditlous.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROIECTS
Fomi Vcrsion Mav 22, ?019
$198
Total Construction Bid $198,905.00 �
BY: 131uc Star l:tiliti '
TITLE: Nruj�• � -. lana��cr! � - 'matnr
DATE: �/.z ��2 r
30 working days after the date w6en the
OU 4'_ J3_Bid Proposal_Vemm�a Pump Smtionsls.e
00 45 12
DAP PREQUALIFICATION STATEbIENT
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 00 45 12
DAP — PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Each Bidder is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors
and/ar subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. In the "Major Work
Type" box provide the complete major work type and actual description as provided bv the Water
Department for water and sewer and TPW for pavin�
Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification
Ex iration Date
Water New Development Open Blue Star Utilities, LLC 4/30/2021
Cut (36" and under);
Stora e Tank
The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above
are currently prequalified for the work types listed.
BIDDER:
Blue Star Utilities, LLC
2600 Chambers Street
Venus, TX 76084
/ —
END OF SECTION
CITV OF fORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 00 45 12_Prequalification Statement 2015_DAP.docx
Form Version Septem6er 1, 2015
00 45 26 - I
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
SECTION 00 45 26
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Pursuant to Texas LaUor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
Project No. 1029'1. Contractor further certifies that, puisuant to Texas Labor Code, Section
406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with
worker's compensation coverage.
CONTRACTOR:
Blue Star Utilities, LLC By: � �� �,, �l, 4.1 h�...,,..�,i
Company (Please Prii
2600 Chambers Street Signature:
Address
Venus, TX 76084
City/State/Zip
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRANT
�`
0
�� /�s ���.., �i
(Please Print)
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
� Yl L[ l , known to me to be the person whose name is
subscribed to the fore oing instr m�acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
the act and deed of�� �� (� ` �i `,�C, Li� for the purposes and
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
GIV�F I LTNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this �day of
irlJ , 2�[•
�pPY PUB JAZ.MINE CAUDILLO
� � Notary Pubiic ublic i d for t le State of Texas
State of Texas
N� � ID # 13020b44-5
� yTf�F�F� My Comm. Expires 04-28-2023
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH ! e�alnnn Ptu�rpuig Fcrcility H�'clroprievnucNic Tanlc �lddfliorr
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS i'P:\" lrl'9'1
Revised April 2, 2014
00 52 43 - l
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 1 of 4
SECTION 00 52 43
2 AGREEMENT
3 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on � z 3—' -� + is made by and between the Developer,
4 PB Ventana, LLC, authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and Blue Star Utilities,
5 LLC, authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative,
6 ("Contractor").
7 Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as
8 follows:
9 Article 1. WORK
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
I8
19
20
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
Project identified herein.
Article 2. PROJECT
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
generally described as follows:
ventana Pumping Facilitv Hvdropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
3.1 Time is of the essence.
All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
21 3.2 Final Acceptance.
22 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 30 working days after the date
23 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard
24 City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
25 3.3 Liquidated damages
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer
will suffer fnancial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in
Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of
the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded
Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in
proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not
completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof , Contractor agrees
that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay
Developer One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1.500.00) for each day that expires
after the time specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the
Final Letter of Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Faciliry Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised June 16, 2016
00 52 43 - 2
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 2 of 4
37 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE
38 Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
39 Documents an amount in current funds of One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand, Nine Hundred
40 Five Dollars ($198,905.00).
41 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
42 5.1 CONTENTS:
43 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and
44 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following:
45 1. This Agreement.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
2. Attachments to this Agreement:
a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer)
1) Proposal Form (DAP Version)
2) Prequalification Statement
3) State and Federal docutnents (project specific)
b. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
c. Payment Bond (DAP Version)
d. Performance Bond (DAP Version)
e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version)
f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit
h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form (If required)
3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer
Awarded Projects.
4. Supplementary Conditions.
5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment
or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of
Contents of the Project's Contract Documents.
6. Drawings.
7. Addenda.
8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Field Orders.
c. Change Orders.
d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH f entanca Pumping!'acility Hydropneunratic TnnkAddrtion
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102971
Revised June 16, 2016
00 52 43 - 3
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 3 of 4
75 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
76 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
77 ezpense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
78 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
79 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
80 under this contract. This indemnification provision is sneci�callv intended to oaerate
81 and be effective even if it is alle�ed or aroven that all or some of the damaees bein�
82 sought were caused, in whole or in part, bv anv act, omission or ne�ligence of the citv.
83 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
84 costs, egpenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
85 causes of actions.
86
87 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own egpense,
88 the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
89 or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work
90 and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
91 subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification
92 provision is specificallv intended to oaerate and be effective even if it is alleged or
93 aroven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in aart,
94 bv anv act, omission or ne�li�ence of the citv.
95
96 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
97 7.1 Terms.
98 Terms used in this Ageement are defned in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of
99 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
100 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
101 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
102 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer.
103 7.3 Successors and Assigns.
104 Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
105 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
106 obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
107 7.4 Severability.
108 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
109 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
110 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and
lll CONTRACTOR.
112 7.5 Governing Law and Venue.
113 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
114 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the
115 Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
CI1'1' OF FORT WORTH Pentnnn Pimaping Faeilitv fiydropneun�adc Tank Ade�itian
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS C'YN 102971
Revised June 16, 2016
PMB Ventana Developer, LLC
inta.ct
IPJSURAtdCE
�, ,.l ,
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation with its principal office in Plymouth,
Minnesota, does hereby constitute and appoint: Edward N. Hackett, Sean McCauley Jr., Claudia Nunez, each individually if there be more than one named, its true and
lawful Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other wriungs
obligatory in the nature thereof; provided that no bond or undertaking executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of: unlimited and the execution of such
bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company as if
they had been fully signed by an authorized officer of the Company and sealed with the Company seal. This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of the
following resolutions adop[ed by the Board of D'uectors of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY on the hventy-fifth day of September, 2012:
Resolved: That the President, any Senior Vice President or Vice-President (each an "Authorized Officer") may execute for and in behalf of the Company any and
all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and affix the seal of [he Company thereto; and that the
Authorized Officer may appoint and authorize an Attorney-in-Fact to execute on behalf of the Company any and all such instruments and to affix the Company
seal thereto; and that the Authorized OfFicer may at any time remove any such Attorney-in-Fact and revoke all power and authority given to any such At[orney-in-
Fact.
Resolved: That the Attorney-in-Fact may be given full power and authority to execute for and in the name and on behalf of the Company any and all bonds,
recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and a11 other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall
be as binding upon the Company as if signed and sealed by an Authorized Officer and, further, the Attorney-in-Fact is hereby authorized ro verify any affidavit
required to be attached to bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obliga[ory in the nature thereof.
This power of attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of ATLANTIC SPECIALT'Y
INSURANCE COMPANY on the twenty-fifth day of September, 2012:
Resolved: That the signature of an Authorized Officer, the signature of the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, and the Company seal may be affixed by
facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing an Attorney-in-Fact for purposes only of execuung and sealing any bond,
undertaking, recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof, and any such signature and seal where so used, being hereby adopted by the Company
as the original signawre of such officer and the original seal of the Company, [o be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though
manually affixed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by an Authorized Officer and the seal of the Company
to be affixed this twenry-seventh day of April, 2020.
STATE OF MINNESOTA
HENNEPIN COUNTY
:,rF��i IN���,',(
.<Q`'� UO;Ii'�Rij/f.y��s
: �, s cA� � = i��2P
'_" 1986 a; sy
`21}�� �1' Y"µ�.aa,,'' Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President
' J� h``�
On this twenty-seventh day of April, 2020, before me personally came Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, [o me
personally known to be the individual and officer described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me
duly swom, that he is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is [he seal of said Company and that the said seal and the
signature as such officer was duly affixed and subscribed to [he said instrument by the authority and at the direction of the Company.
�; ��ti,,5
ALISON DWAN NASH•TROUT
_ ., �� NOTARY PUBLIC • MINNESOTA
.`�..�b,< MY Commission Expires
�_s,;; ,�� January 31, 2425
'"w.+ '�°'V'�
�Sv1�i / VGv�G��/�
Notary Public
I, the undersigned, Secretary of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York Corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing power of attorney is in full
force and has not been revoked, and the resolutions set forth above are now in force.
Signed and sealed. Dated day of
This Power of Attorney expires
January 31, 2025
,o•`,'`4t'( IN,y��,�''•,
=''ke�'� �f'�PUF�qp�T2`;
_� `'�E,AE_ m'
-`' 19�Ei G;
•�Y?4,,-�F�y�, .���'� ,L'.•
�,,.1�, p�;;.�''�
��"��,��..--...,,.�.---"_,
Kara Barrow, Secretary
Please direct bond verifications to suretv(a�intactinsurancecom
Texas L�epartment o� Insurance
Certi�aake Np. 151. 9 $
�,�J'�,''!
�� ' � �;1:
`�-' ` ,;,
•L.._' �_v'"
+�eartifi�ate af Authority
TIE�lS is To CF�tTrFY THA.T
Company No. 0$- 0 9 56 3 6
ATUANT�C SPE���,TY �NSURANCE �OMPANY
1+TEW Y4RIC, NEW YORK
has compliad with the laws af the Statc of Texas applica�ble thereto and ia hereb�+ authoriz�d to transact the
business of
�'a.are; A11ied Cov�rage�; Hai1-�rowinc� axops on1y; Rai.n; xn.l.and Mara.n�;
�cean Mar�.n�; A�,rca�af���Liabili�y & k�hys�c��. D,amag�; Ac�i�en�; �ealth;
WQ�k�:ars' Compens�tion & Employers' Liabi7.a,�y; �mp�.oyers' L�.abili,�Y;
Au�omQbile�--Liability & Phys�ica]. Damagr�; L�.abila�ty o�her than
Automobile; Fide�i�y & Suxety; Glasgt Burglary & The��; Forger�,r;
Boiler & Machinery; Cr�dit and Rea.nsurance on a�,l l�.nes authorized ta
b� wri�tQn can a da.rect, basis
insurance within the state of Texas. This Certificate af Authurity shall be in full force and affect until it is
revoked, aanceie.d or suspended accarding to law.
1N T�STIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand and scal of
ofiiae at Austin, Tex�s, this
_,,,�,h _ Qay of S,����;mber A,D. 201
ELEATIQR KITZMAN
,� GOMMISSIONER OF INSj,JRANCE
.!
s
HY
Godwin Oha chesi, DirectQz
Company �.iconsin$ & Registratian
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact your agent.
AVISO IMPORTANTE
Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja:
Puede communicarse con su agente.
You may call your Insurance Carrier's toll-free Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de su
telephone number for information or to make compania de seguros para informacion o para someter
a complaint at: una queja al:
1-800-321-2721
You may also write to your Insurance Carrier
�
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company
Paralegal
605 Highway 169 North, Suite 800
Plymouth, MN 55441
1-800�21-2721
Usted tambien puede escribir a su compania
de seguros en:
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company
Paralegal
605 Highway 169 North, Suite 800
Plymouth, MN 55441
1-781-332-7671
You may contact the Texas Department of
Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or complaints
�
1-800-252�439
You may write the Texas Department of
Insurance:
P.O. Box 149104, Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax: (512) 490-1007
Web: www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail: ConsumerProtection(c�tdi.texas.qov
1-781-332-7671
Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de
Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias,
coberturas, derechos o quejas al:
1-800-252-3439
Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de
Texas:
P.O. Box 149104, Austin, TX 78714
Fax: (512) 490-1007
Web: www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail: ConsumerProtection(c�tdi.texas.qov
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS o RECLAMOS: Si tiene
you have a dispute concerning your premium una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe
or about a claim you should contact the agent comunicarse con el agente primero. Si no se resuelve la
first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el
contact the Texas Department of Insurance. departamento (TDI).
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo
This notice is for information only and does opara proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte
not become a part or condition of the attached condicion del documento adjunto.
document.
VCM PHN TX 001 10 13
005213-1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
]
2
3
4
5
6
SECTION 00 62 13
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. 800077829
7
8
9
]0
11
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT §
That we, Blue Star Utilities, LLC, known as "Principal" herein and
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company , a corporate sw�ety(sureties, if more tllan
one) duly authorized to do business in the State of TeYas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one
or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, PB Ventana, LLC, authorized to do
business in Texas ("Developer") and the City of Fort Worth, a Texas municipal corporation
12 ("City"), in the penal sum of One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand, Nine Hundred Five Dollars
13 ($198,905.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County,
14 Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made jointly unto the Developer and the
15 City as dual obligees, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
16 assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
17
18
19
WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of
community facilities in the City of Fort Worth by and through a Community Facilities
Agreement, CFA Number CFA20-0 ] 04; and
20 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Developer awarded
21 the _� day of �� , 20?� , which Contract is hereby referred to and made a
22 part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to fui•tlish all materials, equipment labor
23
24
and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change
Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic
25 Tank Addition.
26
27
28
29
30
31
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal
shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and
faithfully perform tlle Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, accarding to tl�e plans,
specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of
eYtension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the Developer and/or City, then this
obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
CITY OF FORT WORTI-[ i enta�in Pimipi�ag Fncrlih� H��dropnc nnratic Tank Addirio�a
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PR07ECTS CPN 10297/
Revised January 31, 2012
00 62 13 - 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
i PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
2 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for tlle Northern District of Texas, Fort
3 Worth Division.
4 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
5 Te�as Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
6 accordance with the provisions of said statue.
7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED
8 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the `�day of
9 � 20 �-�.
10
11
12
LU
14
15
16 ATTEST:
17
18
19 ' cipal) ecretary
20
21
22
z� � �� G--�e_-
24
25 Witness as to Principal
26
27
28
29
�o
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38 ,. /
39
40 ' ne s to S r ty
41 Benjamin K. ar ey, Witness
42
43 *Note
44
45
46
47
PRINCIPAL:
Blue Star Utilities LLC
BY:
jig ature �
� ��`^/�,k...y�.—�
�
Name and Title
Address: 2 �� V C �""►�-� ��
V �--�� � � �.c. %ti o � al
SURETY:
Atlantic Specialty Insurance ComNariy
BY: � '
� .�r ------
Signature
Sean McCauley, Jr., Attorney-In-Fact
Name and Title
Address: 605 Hi,_�y 169 North, Suite 800
Plvmouth, Minnesota 55441
Telephone Number: 1-800-321-2721
If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. tf
Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
CITY OP FORT WORTH F enta�in Ptmtping Fncilih� F/� drop�7emna�ic Tnnk Additior�
STANDARD CITY CONDITION3 — DEVELOPER AWARDED PRO.iECTS CPN 1OZ97!
Revised January 31, 2012
00 52 I d- 1
PAYMENTBOND
Page 1 of2
1
2
3
4
5
6
SECTION 00 62 14
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No. 800077829
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRANT
§
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
§
7 That we, Blue Star Utilities, LLC, known as "Principal" herein, and
g Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company , a corporate surety ( or
9 sureties if more than one), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
10 "Surety" herein (whether one or mare), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, PB
11 Ventana, LLC , authorized to do business in Texas "(Developer"), and the City of Fort Worth, a
12 Texas municipal corporation ("City"), in the penal sum of One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand,
13 Nine Hundred Five Dollars ($198,905.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort
14 Worth, Tarrant Comlty, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made jointly unto
15 the Developer and the City as dual obligees, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
16 administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents:
17 WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of
18 community facilities in the City of Fort Worth, by and through a Community Facilities
19 Agreement, CFA Number CFA20-0104; and
20 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with Developer,
21 awarded the �_day of �.�,�,�,y�J , 20 �-� , which Contract is hereby
22 referred to and made a part hereof for all purpos�f fiilly set forth herein, to furnish all
23 materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the
24 Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as Ventana Pumping Facility
25 Hydropneumatic Tank Addition.
26 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THiS OBLiGATION is such that if
27 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiaiy (as defined in
28 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under
29 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full
30 force and effect.
CITY OF FORT WORTH !'e�vann Punlping Fnciliry Hrdrop�zetuxnlic Tank Addition
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PR07ECTS CPN 10297/
Revised January 31, 2012
oo6z i�+-2
PAYMENTBOND
Page 2 of 2
1
2
3
4
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said statute.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each STGNED and SEALED
5 this instrument by duly authorized agents
6 � , 20 '�- � .
7
ATTEST:
�ncipa Secretary
��
Witness as to Principal
ATTEST:
�
(Surety) �ee�et�-
Sam Duckett, Witness
Wit es s to Su e
Benjamin K. Farley
8
9
]0
11
12
13
and officers on this the�_ day of
PRINCIPAL:
Blue Star Utilities, LLC
:•
Sign��re
/ � I � /��J ,7` [L"'yNi r�
Name and Title
Address: a G a b ��-.. ��� ,��
�o-,.✓,r; %-� 74�r�
SURETY:
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Compar.y
BY: �—" %��„��-. JR!"
Signature �— +
Sean McCauley,Jr., Attorney-In-� act
Name and Title
Address: 605 Hi _�y 169 North, Suite 800
Plvmoutll, Minnesota 55441
Telephone Number: 1-800-321-2721
Note: if signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the
bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical
address is different fi-om its mailing address, both must be provided.
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH I eiata��a Pun+ping Faciliry Hydropi7eun�ntic Tmik Additio�r
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PRO.iECTS CPN 10197/
Revised ]anuary 31, 2012
14
oo�zi9-i
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 1 of 3
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
SECTION 00 62 19
MAINTENANCE BOND
Bond No. 800077829
8
9
10
11
12
l3
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT §
That we, Blue Star Utilities, LLC , known as "Principal" herein and
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company , a corporate surety (sureties, if more than
one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one
or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, PB Ventana, LLC, authorized to do
business in Texas ("Developer") and the City of Fort Worth, a Texas municipal corporation
("City"), in the sum of One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand, Nine Hundred Five Dollars
($198,905.00), lawfiil money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant Cotmty,
Texas, for payment of which swn well and truly be made jointly unto the Developer and the City
as dual obligees and their successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of
cotnmunity facilities in the City of Fort Worth by and through a Community Facilities
Agreement, CFA Number CFA20-0104; and
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Developer
awarded the� day of ��Fib�U/',wCJ , 20 �-�, which Contract is
hereby referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all
materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the
Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein,
the "Work") as provided for in said Contract and designated as Ventana Pumping Facility
Hydropneumatic Tank Addition; and
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in
accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will
remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years
after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and
CITY OF FORT WORTH !'entnnn Pmnping Fncrlity Hydropneumnlic Tnnk Additia7
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOP�R AWARDED PR0IECTS CPA� 10297/
Revised 7anua�y 31, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
il
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2l
22
23
006219-2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part
upon receiving notice from the Developer and/or City of tlle need thereof at any time within the
Maintenance Period.
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by Developer or City, to a
completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to
remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair oc reconstcuct any timely
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the Developer or City may cause any and all such
defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne
by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance Bond; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Worth Division; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
CITY OF FORT WORTH ! entann Ptmrpi�sg FacilitY H�'dropnetmtalic Tank Additio�7
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOP�R AWARD�D PR0I�CTS CPN l0?97/
Revised 7anuary 31, 2012
006219-3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this
2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _�_ day of
3 ��ru/',wlJ , 20? � .
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 ATTEST:
12
13
14 incipal ecretary
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
2.i
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
�=�ZQ�
Witness as to Principal
ATTES :
(Surety)�ee�etat�-Sam Duckett, Witness
Wi`tn s to Sur ty njamin K. Farley
36
37 *Note:
38
39
40
41
42
PRINCIPAL:
Blue Star Utiliti
�.
/� �����`�.���—
Name and Title
Address: a- � UU 0��+. bi o�
V i-, �� , i,c_ �4 a d-�
SURETY:
Atlantic Specialty Insurance Con�ny___
BY: 7 — i�i"l (��—�-F� —
Signahire
Sean McCauley,Jr., Attorncv�?n-ract
Name and Title
Address: 605 Highway 169 North, Suite F00
Plymouth, Minnesota 55441
Telephone Number: 1-800-321-2721
If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
CITY OF FORT WORTH i"enta�tc+ Piurrpiiig l^ncilitp Hvdrapiieimrntrc TniTl� Addition
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPfV 102971
Revised 7anuary 31, 2012
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED – AUTOMATIC STATUS
IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
The following is added to SECTION II – WHO IS AN (a)The Additional Insured – Owners, Les-
INSURED:sees or Contractors – Scheduled Person
or Organization endorsement CG 20 10Any person or organization that:07 04 or CG 20 10 04 13, the Additionala.You agree in a written contract or agreement to Insured – Owners, Lessees or Contrac-include as an additional insured on this Coverage tors – Completed Operations endorse-Part; and ment CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13,
b.Has not been added as an additional insured for or both of such endorsements with either
the same project by attachment of an endorse-of those edition dates; orment under this Coverage Part which includes (b)Either or both of the following: the Addi-such person or organization in the endorsement's tional Insured – Owners, Lessees or Con-schedule;tractors – Scheduled Person Or Organi-is an insured, but:zation endorsement CG 20 10, or the Ad-
ditional Insured – Owners, Lessees ora.Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or
Contractors – Completed Operations en-"property damage" that occurs, or for "personal
dorsement CG 20 37, without an editioninjury" caused by an offense that is committed,
date of such endorsement specified;subsequent to the signing of that contract or
agreement and while that part of the contract or the person or organization is an additional in-agreement is in effect; and sured only if the injury or damage is caused,
in whole or in part, by acts or omissions ofb.Only as described in Paragraph (1),(2)or (3)be-
you or your subcontractor in the performancelow, whichever applies:
of "your work" to which the written contract or(1)If the written contract or agreement specifical-agreement applies; orly requires you to provide additional insured
(3)If neither Paragraph (1)nor (2)above applies:coverage to that person or organization by
the use of:(a)The person or organization is an addi-
tional insured only if, and to the extent(a)The Additional Insured – Owners, Les-
that, the injury or damage is caused bysees or Contractors – (Form B) endorse-
acts or omissions of you or your subcon-ment CG 20 10 11 85; or
tractor in the performance of "your work"(b)Either or both of the following: the Addi-to which the written contract or agree-tional Insured – Owners, Lessees or Con-ment applies; andtractors – Scheduled Person Or Organi-
(b)Such person or organization does notzation endorsement CG 20 10 10 01, or
qualify as an additional insured with re-the Additional Insured – Owners, Lessees
spect to the independent acts or omis-or Contractors – Completed Operations
sions of such person or organization.endorsement CG 20 37 10 01;
The insurance provided to such additional insured isthe person or organization is an additional in-
subject to the following provisions:sured only if the injury or damage arises out
of "your work" to which the written contract or a.If the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Partagreement applies;shown in the Declarations exceed the minimum
(2)If the written contract or agreement specifical-limits required by the written contract or agree-
ly requires you to provide additional insured ment, the insurance provided to the additional in-
coverage to that person or organization by sured will be limited to such minimum required
the use of:limits. For the purposes of determining whether
CG D6 04 02 19 ú 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 2
CO-4N182423-PHX
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
this limitation applies, the minimum limits required result in a claim. To the extent possible, such
by the written contract or agreement will be con- notice should include:
sidered to include the minimum limits of any Um-(a)How, when and where the "occurrence"brella or Excess liability coverage required for the or offense took place;
additional insured by that written contract or (b)The names and addresses of any injuredagreement. This provision will not increase the persons and witnesses; andlimits of insurance described in Section III – Limits
(c)The nature and location of any injury orOf Insurance.damage arising out of the "occurrence" orb.The insurance provided to such additional insured offense.does not apply to:
(2)If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against(1)Any "bodily injury", "property damage" or the additional insured:"personal injury" arising out of the providing,
(a)Immediately record the specifics of theor failure to provide, any professional archi-
claim or "suit" and the date received; andtectural, engineering or surveying services,
including:(b)Notify us as soon as practicable and see
to it that we receive written notice of the(a)The preparing, approving, or failing to claim or "suit" as soon as practicable.prepare or approve, maps, shop draw-
ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or-(3)Immediately send us copies of all legal pa-
ders or change orders, or the preparing, pers received in connection with the claim or
approving, or failing to prepare or ap- "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation
prove, drawings and specifications; and or settlement of the claim or defense against
the "suit", and otherwise comply with all policy(b)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or
conditions.engineering activities.
(4)Tender the defense and indemnity of any(2)Any "bodily injury" or "property damage"
claim or "suit" to any provider of other insur-caused by "your work" and included in the
ance which would cover such additional in-"products-completed operations hazard" un-
sured for a loss we cover. However, this con-less the written contract or agreement specifi-
cally requires you to provide such coverage dition does not affect whether the insurance
for that additional insured during the policy provided to such additional insured is primary
period.to other insurance available to such additional
insured which covers that person or organiza-c.The additional insured must comply with the fol-
tion as a named insured as described in Par-lowing duties:
agraph 4., Other Insurance, of Section IV –(1)Give us written notice as soon as practicable Commercial General Liability Conditions.of an "occurrence" or an offense which may
Page 2 of 2 ú 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.CG D6 04 02 19
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
XTEND ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE –This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any
injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or
limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to
the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general
coverage description only. Read all the provisions of this endorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to
determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered.
A.Who Is An Insured – Unnamed Subsidiaries C.Incidental Medical Malpractice
B.Blanket Additional Insured – Governmental D.Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation
Entities – Permits Or Authorizations Relating To E.Contractual Liability – RailroadsOperationsF.Damage To Premises Rented To You
PROVISIONS a.An organization other than a partnership, joint
venture or limited liability company; orA. WHO IS AN INSURED – UNNAMED
b.A trust;SUBSIDIARIES
The following is added to SECTION II – WHO IS as indicated in its name or the documents that
AN INSURED:govern its structure.
Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership,B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED –joint venture or limited liability company, that is GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES – PERMITS ORnot shown as a Named Insured in the AUTHORIZATIONS RELATING TO OPERATIONSDeclarations is a Named Insured if:
The following is added to SECTION II – WHO ISa.You are the sole owner of, or maintain an AN INSURED:ownership interest of more than 50% in, such
Any governmental entity that has issued a permitsubsidiary on the first day of the policy period;
or authorization with respect to operationsand
performed by you or on your behalf and that youb.Such subsidiary is not an insured under are required by any ordinance, law, building codesimilar other insurance.or written contract or agreement to include as an
No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury"additional insured on this Coverage Part is an
or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal andand advertising injury" caused by an offense
advertising injury" arising out of such operations.committed:
The insurance provided to such governmentala.Before you maintained an ownership interest
entity does not apply to:of more than 50% in such subsidiary; or
a.Any "bodily injury", "property damage" orb.After the date, if any, during the policy period
"personal and advertising injury" arising out ofthat you no longer maintain an ownership operations performed for the governmentalinterest of more than 50% in such subsidiary.entity; orFor purposes of Paragraph 1.of Section II – Who b.Any "bodily injury" or "property damage"Is An Insured, each such subsidiary will be included in the "products-completeddeemed to be designated in the Declarations as:operations hazard".
CG D3 16 02 19 ú 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 3
Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.
CO-4N182423-PHX
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
C. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE pharmaceuticals committed by, or with the
knowledge or consent of, the insured.1.The following replaces Paragraph b.of the
definition of "occurrence" in the 5.The following is added to the DEFINITIONS
DEFINITIONS Section:Section:
b.An act or omission committed in providing "Incidental medical services" means:or failing to provide "incidental medical a.Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-rayservices", first aid or "Good Samaritan or nursing service or treatment, advice orservices" to a person, unless you are in instruction, or the related furnishing ofthe business or occupation of providing food or beverages; orprofessional health care services.
b.The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or2.The following replaces the last paragraph of
medical, dental, or surgical supplies orParagraph2.a.(1)of SECTION II – WHO IS
appliances.AN INSURED:
6.The following is added to Paragraph 4.b.,Unless you are in the business or occupation
Excess Insurance, of SECTION IV –of providing professional health care services,
Paragraphs (1)(a),(b),(c)and (d)above do COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of CONDITIONS:
providing or failing to provide:This insurance is excess over any valid and
(a)"Incidental medical services" by any of collectible other insurance, whether primary,
your "employees" who is a nurse, nurse excess, contingent or on any other basis, that
assistant, emergency medical technician is available to any of your "employees" for
or paramedic; or "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or
failing to provide "incidental medical services"(b)First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by
to any person to the extent not subject toany of your "employees" or "volunteer
workers", other than an employed or Paragraph 2.a.(1)of Section II – Who Is An
volunteer doctor. Any such "employees"Insured.
or "volunteer workers" providing or failing D. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATIONto provide first aid or "Good Samaritan
The following is added to Paragraph 8.,Transferservices" during their work hours for you
Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us,will be deemed to be acting within the
of SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERALscope of their employment by you or
performing duties related to the conduct LIABILITY CONDITIONS:
of your business.If the insured has agreed in a contract or
3.The following replaces the last sentence of agreement to waive that insured's right of
Paragraph 5.of SECTION III – LIMITS OF recovery against any person or organization, we
INSURANCE:waive our right of recovery against such person or
organization, but only for payments we makeFor the purposes of determining the
because of:applicable Each Occurrence Limit, all related
acts or omissions committed in providing or a."Bodily injury" or "property damage" thatfailing to provide "incidental medical occurs; orservices", first aid or "Good Samaritan
b."Personal and advertising injury" caused byservices" to any one person will be deemed to
an offense that is committed;be one "occurrence".
4.The following exclusion is added to subsequent to the execution of the contract or
Paragraph 2.,Exclusions, of SECTION I –agreement.
COVERAGES – COVERAGE A – BODILY E. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY – RAILROADSINJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE
LIABILITY:1.The following replaces Paragraph c.of the
definition of "insured contract" in theSale Of Pharmaceuticals
DEFINITIONS Section:"Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising
out of the violation of a penal statute or c.Any easement or license agreement;
ordinance relating to the sale of
Page 2 of 3 ú 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.CG D3 16 02 19
Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.a
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
2.Paragraph f.(1)of the definition of "insured a.Any premises while rented to you or
contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is temporarily occupied by you with permission
deleted.of the owner; or
F. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU b.The contents of any premises while such
premises is rented to you, if you rent suchThe following replaces the definition of "premises premises for a period of seven or fewerdamage" in the DEFINITIONS Section:consecutive days."Premises damage" means "property damage" to:
CG D3 16 02 19 ú 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 3 of 3
Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.
BA-4N19489A-IND
CCaMMERCiAL AUTO
permission, while performing duties
related to the conduct of your busi-
ness.
However, any "auto" that is leased, hired,
rented or borrowed with a driver is not a
covered "auto".
D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED
The foilowing is added to Paragraph A.1., Wha is
An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS
LIABILITY COVERAGE:
Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us-
ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow
in your business or your personal affairs.
E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED
LIMITS
1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2),
of SECTION 11 — COVERED AUTOS LIABI�-
ITY COVERAGE:
(2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in-
cluding bonds for related traffic law viola-
tions) required because of an "accident"
we cover. We do not have to furnish
these bonds.
2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4),
of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL-
ITY COVERAGE:
(4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the
"insured" at our request, including actual
loss of earnings up to $500 a day be-
cause of time off from work.
F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV-
ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS
The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para-
graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory,
of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI-
TIONS:
(5} Anywhere in the world, except any country or
jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em-
bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the
United States of America applies to and pro-
hibits the transaction of business with or
within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov-
ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered
"auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow
without a driver for a period of 30 days or less
and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent
or borrow from any of your "employees",
partners (if you are a partnership), members
(if you are a limited liability company) or
members of their households.
{a) With respect to any claim made or "suit"
brought outside the United States of
America, the territories and possessions
of the United States of America, Puerto
Rico and Canada:
(i) You must arrange to defend the "in-
sured" against, and investigate or set-
tle any such claim or "suit" and keep
us advised of all proceedings and ac-
tions.
(ii) Neither you nor any other involved
"insured" wiii make any settiement
without our consent.
(iii) We may, at our discretion, participate
in defending the "insured" against, or
in the settlement of, any claim or
"su it".
(iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for
sums that the "insured" legally must
pay as damages because af "bodily
injury" or "property damage" to which
this insurance applies, that the "in-
sured" pays with aur consent, but
only up to the limit described in Para-
graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of
SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS
LIABILITY COVERAGE.
{v} We will reimburse the "insured" for
the reasonable expenses incurred
with our consent for your investiga-
tion of such claims and your defense
of the "insured" against any such
"suit", but only up to and included
within the limit described in Para-
graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of
SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS
LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in
addition to such limit. Our duty to
make such payments ends when we
have used up the applicable limit of
insurance in payments for damages,
settlements or defense expenses.
{b) This insurance is excess over any valid
and collectible other insurance available
to the "insured" whether primary, excess,
contingent or on any other basis.
(c) This insurance is not a substitute for re-
quired or compulsory insurance in any
country outside the United States, its ter-
ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and
Canada.
Page 2 of 4 02015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15
Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission.
COMMERGIAL AUTO
You agree to maintain ail required or {2) In or on your covered "auto".
compuisory insurance in any such coun- This coverage applies only in the event of a total
try up to the minimum limits required by theft of your covered "auto".
local law. Your failure to comply with No deductibles apply to this Personai Property
compulsory insurance requirements wiil
not invalidate the caverage afforded by coverage.
this policy, but we will only be liable to the K. AIRBAGS
same extent we would have been liable The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu-
had you complied with the compulsory in- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE
surance requirements. COVERAGE:
(dj It is understood that we are not an admit-
ted or authorized insurer outside the
United States of America, its territories
and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can-
ada. We assume no responsibility for the
furnishing of certificates of insurance, or
for compliance in any way with the laws
of other countries relating to insurance.
G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS
The foilowing is added to Paragraph D., Deducti-
ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE
COVERAGE:
No deductibie for a covered "auto" wiii appiy to
glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than
repiaced.
H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF
USE — INCREASED LINIIT
The following replaces the last sentence of Para-
graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC-
TION III — PHYSICA� DAMAGE COVERAGE:
However, the most we wiii pay for any expenses
for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of
$750 for any one "accident".
1. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION
EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT
The following replaces the first sentence in Para-
graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of
SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER-
AGE:
We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of
$1,500 for temporary transportation expense in-
curred by you because of the total theft of a cov-
ered "auto" of the private passenger type.
J. PERSONAL PROPERTY
Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or
more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in-
flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss"
set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but
only:
a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre-
hensive Coverage under this policy;
b. The airbags are not covered under any war-
ranty; and
c. The airbags were not intentionaily inflated.
We will pay up to a maximum of $1,O�Q for any
one "loss".
L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR
LOSS
The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of
SECTIC)N N— BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS:
Your duty to give us or our authorized representa-
tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap-
piies oniy when the "accident" or "loss" is known
to:
(a) You (if you are an individual);
(b) A partner (if you are a partnership);
(c) A member (if you are a limited liability com-
pany);
(d) An executive officer, director or insurance
manager (if you are a corporation or other or-
ganization); or
(e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no-
tice of the "accidenY' or "loss".
M. �LANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
The following replaces Paragraph A.S., Transfer
Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us,
of SECTI�N IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI-
TIO(VS:
The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against
age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL Others To Us
DAMAGE COVERAGE: We waive any right of recovery we may have
Personal Property against any person or organization to the ex-
tent required of you by a written contract
We will pay up to $440 for "loss" to wearing ap- signed and executed prior to any "accident"
parel and other personal property which is: or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss"
(1) Owned by an "insured"; and arises out of operations contemplated by
CA T3 53 02 15 O 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Pag2 3 Of 4
Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission.
COMMERCIAL AUTO
such contract. The waiver applies only to the The unintentional omission of, or unintentional
person or organization designated in such error in, any information given by you shail no1
contract. prejudice your rights under this insurance. How-
N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ever this provision does not affect our right to col-
The following is added to Paragraph 6.2., Con- lect additional premium or exercise our right of
ceaiment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of canceilation or non-renewal.
SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS:
Page 4 of 4 O 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15
Inciudes copyrighted materiai of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission.
,
TRAVELERS J�'
ONE TOWER SQUARE
HARTFORD CT 06183
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND
EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY
ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04 ( B) — 001
POLICY NUMBER: UB-4N193486-20-26-G
TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS
ENDORSEMENT
This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of
the Information Page.
We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not
enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with
respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a
written contract to obtain this waiver from us.
This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule.
The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule.
�• ❑ Specific Waiver
�x Blanket Waiver
Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by w►ritten contract to furnish this w►aiver.
2. Operations:
ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS
3. Premium:
The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2. oo percent of the premium developed on payroll in
connection with w►ork performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations
described..
4. Advance Premium: $ sEE SCHEDULE
This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise
stated.
(The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of
the policy.)
Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No.
Insured Premium
Insurance Company
DATE OF ISSUE: OS-06-20 STASSIGN:
Countersigned by
Page 1 of 1
�
O Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1
1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 5
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 6
2.01 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 6
2.02 Preconstruction Conference .......................................................................................................... 6
2.03 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 6
Article 3 – Contract Documents and Amending ............................................................................................... 6
3.01 Reference Standards ..................................................................................................................... 6
3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .................................................................. 6
Article 4 – Bonds and Insurance ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..................................................................................................... 7
4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ........................................................................ 7
4.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................... 7
4.04 Contractor’s Insurance .................................................................................................................. 9
4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................................................... 12
Article 5 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 12
5.01 Supervision and Superintendent ................................................................................................. 12
5.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 13
5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 13
5.04 Project Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 14
5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 14
5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) ..................................... 16
5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................... 16
5.08 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 18
5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 19
5.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 19
5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 19
5.12 Record Documents ...................................................................................................................... 20
5.13 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 21
5.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 21
5.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 22
5.16 Submittals .................................................................................................................................... 22
5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 23
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
5.18 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 24
5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 24
5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................................................................................................ 25
5.21 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 25
Article 6 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................................... 26
6.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 26
Article 7 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 26
7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 26
7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26
7.03 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................... 27
Article 8 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 27
8.01 City’s Project Representative ..................................................................................................... 27
8.02 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 27
8.03 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 27
8.04 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 28
Article 9 – Changes in the Work ..................................................................................................................... 28
9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 28
9.02 Notification to Surety .................................................................................................................. 28
Article 10 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time ................................................................ 28
10.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 28
10.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 28
10.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 28
Article 11 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 29
11.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 29
11.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 29
11.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 29
11.04 Uncovering Work ....................................................................................................................... 30
11.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 30
11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 30
11.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 30
11.08 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 31
Article 12 – Completion .................................................................................................................................. 32
12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 32
12.02 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 32
12.03 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 32
12.04 Final Acceptance ......................................................................................................................... 33
Article 13 – Suspension of Work .................................................................................................................... 33
13.01 City May Suspend Work ............................................................................................................ 33
Article 14 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 34
14.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 34
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
14.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 34
14.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 34
14.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 35
14.05 Headings ...................................................................................................................................... 35
00 73 10- 1
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 1 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed
below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof,
and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are
generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with
the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether
capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial
capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs,
and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer
and Contractor covering the Work
2. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
3. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business,
generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
4. Buzzsaw – City’s on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system.
5. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
6. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, acting by,
its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to
its duly authorized charter on his behalf.
7. Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) -–A Contract between the Developer and the City
for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of-
way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs.
A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of-
way or easement on a recorded plat.
8. Contract—The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract
Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The
Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or
oral.
9. Contract Documents—Those items that make up the contract and which must include the
Agreement, and it’s attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City
Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including:
a. An Agreement
00 73 10- 2
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 2 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
b. Attachments to the Agreement
i. Bid Form
ii. Vendor Compliance with State Law Non-Resident Bidder
iii. Prequalification Statement
c. Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City)
d. Insurance Accord Form
e. Payment Bond
f. Performance Bond
g. Maintenance Bond
h. Power of Attorney for Bonds
i. Workers Compensation Affidavit
j. MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City)
k. General Conditions
l. Supplementary Conditions
m. The Standard City Conditions
n. Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if
not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of
the Project’s Contract Documents
o. Drawings
p. Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award.
q. The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the
Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents
i. Notice to Proceed
ii. Field Orders
iii. Change Orders
iv. Letters of Final Acceptance
r. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of
subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.
10. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement.
11. Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
12. Developer – An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the
City of Fort Worth
13. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which
graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
14. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of
Texas performing professional services for the Developer.
15. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor
that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of
the City.
00 73 10- 3
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 3 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
16. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has
completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents.
17. General Requirements—A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a
Contractor.
18. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having
jurisdiction.
19. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
20. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an
intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work.
21. Non-Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the
City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or
revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
22. Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City,
which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or
revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
23. Plans – See definition of Drawings.
24. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with
the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising
the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time.
25. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents.
26. Project Representative—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to
the Site.
27. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
28. Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday
thru Friday (excluding legal holidays).
29. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
00 73 10- 4
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 4 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
30. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
31. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or
Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and
easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are
designated for the use of Contractor.
32. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and
certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto.
Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or,
if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents
(Division 00 00 00) of each Project.
33. Standard City Conditions – That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements
of the City.
34. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
35. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
36. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able
to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor.
37. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements the General Conditions.
38. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having
a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.
39. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any
encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications,
cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or
other control systems.
40. Weekend Working Hours – Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday,
Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City.
00 73 10- 5
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 5 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
41. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required
to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing
or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction
including any Participating Change Order, Non-Participating Change Order, or Field
Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such
construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
42. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or
legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other
conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the
principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7
a.m. and 6 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through D are not defined but, when used in
the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Defective:
1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance.
C. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or
the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean
furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment,
and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the
context used.
D. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meaning.
00 73 10- 6
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 6 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Before Starting Construction
Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting
the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non-
Participating Change Orders occur.
2.02 Preconstruction Conference
Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2.03 Public Meeting
Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor
attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING
3.01 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society,
organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or
by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations
in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in
the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a
Non-Participating Change Order.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one or more of the following ways:
1. A Field Order;
00 73 10- 7
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 7 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. City’s or Engineer’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or
2. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
ARTICLE 4 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications
as may be provided Section 4.04.
4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in
accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount
equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of
Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount
equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the
Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two
(2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list
of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial
Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed
by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney
which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.
D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or
its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of
Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event
giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply
with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C.
4.03 Certificates of Insurance
Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee
identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of
insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to
purchase and maintain.
00 73 10- 8
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 8 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as “Additional Insured” on all
liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”,
endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in
the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of
Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-:
VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial
strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor
of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the
Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City
Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full
compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency
from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation
to maintain such lines of insurance coverage.
6. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the
primary coverage.
7. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If
coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with
or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall
state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall
be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final
Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is
longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such
insurance coverage.
8. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the
required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements
are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the
exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance
coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract
price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%.
9. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance
coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In
00 73 10- 9
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 9 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk
retention groups, must also be approved by City.
10. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a
first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City.
11. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed
necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the
claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall
be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be
incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
12. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to
conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions,
revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by
law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies.
13. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
4.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such
insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’
Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for
Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Contractor’s employees.
3. The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less
than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations
a. Statutory limits
b. Employer's liability
00 73 10- 10
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 10 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1) $100,000 each accident/occurrence
2) $100,000 Disease - each employee
3) $500,000 Disease - policy limit
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors,
products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance
shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance
Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to
any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General
Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify
premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising
injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions
in writing.
1. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City
may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no
less than three (3) years following the completion of the project
2. Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis
covering the Contractor with minimum limits of:
a. $1,000,000 each occurrence
b. $2,000,000 aggregate limit
3. The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance)
making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site.
4. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U”
coverage’s. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the
Certificate of Insurance.
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”,
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages
because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work,
maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
1. Automobile Liability, Contractor’s Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in
an amount not less than the following amounts:
a. Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any
Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned.
00 73 10- 11
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 11 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1)$1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are
acceptable if limits are at least:
2)$250,000 Bodily Injury per person
3)$500,000 Bodily Injury per accident /
4)$100,000 Property Damage
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements:
1.The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors,
equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and
operated by: ___NONE______________________________________________________
2.The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to
interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use
or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may
require that Contractor to execute a “Right of Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad
company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the
requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right-of-entry (if any)
required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the
Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s
properties.
3.The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions
shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies
satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as
the Contractor’s operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property:
a.General Aggregate: __________NONE__________________________
b.Each Occurrence: : __________NONE__________________________
4.With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern:
a.Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance
policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation
or at-grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or
lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the
amount stated above.
b.Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where
several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-
00 73 10- 12
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 12 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name
of each railroad company.
c. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is
proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the
grade separation or at-grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included
in the policy covering the grade separation.
d. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s
right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even
though the work may be at two or more separate locations.
5. No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor
shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or
policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such
insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the
Contractor’s beginning work.
6. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad
right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the
Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work
performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as
the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks
involved in the Project.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation
or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has
been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section.
4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the
Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence
requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance
provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or
maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City
shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure
to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage.
ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
5.01 Supervision and Superintendent
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
00 73 10- 13
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 13 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English-
speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The
Superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on
behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be
binding on Contractor.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
5.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as
required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work
at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the
performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without
City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or
electronic communication) to perform Work:
1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business
Days prior
2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday
3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal
holiday.
5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary
facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the
performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All
special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit
of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
00 73 10- 14
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 14 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed,
connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
5.04 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1.Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and
the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule.
2.Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time
for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders.
5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless
the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent,
or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below.
1.“Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which
case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of
proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of
material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a.City determines that:
1)it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2)it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and
3)it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
b.Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1)there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
00 73 10- 15
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 15 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
2)it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2.Substitute Items:
a.If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a
proposed substitute item.
b.Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute
items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than
Contractor.
c.Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
1)shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
i.perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design;
ii.be similar in substance to that specified;
iii.be suited to the same use as that specified; and
2)will state:
i.the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time;
ii.whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in
any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute item;
iii.whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and
3)will identify:
i.all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified;
ii.available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
00 73 10- 16
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 16 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
4)shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage
Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents,
Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure
of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in
City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly
called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for
review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2.
C. City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.B. City may require
Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of
acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review
is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an
accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination.
D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and
against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out
of the use of substituted materials or equipment.
E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or
submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.B. Whether or not City
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to
reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to
reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents.
F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
“or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.
G. Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute
shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order.
5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors)
A. The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types
requiring pre-qualification
5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance:
00 73 10- 17
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 17 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Required for this Contract.
(Check this box if there is any City Participation)
Not Required for this Contract.
It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business
Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the
Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent
of the City’s MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following:
1.Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding
actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor.
2.Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without
written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of
Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the
Ordinance.
3.Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books,
records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work
performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for
termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification
of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years.
B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents:
1.shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
individual or entity; nor
2.shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys
due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise
be required by Laws and Regulations.
C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
D. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing
any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor.
E. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract
X
00 73 10- 18
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 18 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the
Subcontractors and/or Suppliers.
5.08 Wage Rates
Required for this Contract.
Not Required for this Contract.
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the
rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in
accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract
Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage
shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether
good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the
Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the
City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has
violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or
claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,
such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination
of the violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected
worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General
Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any
affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the
City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to
arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the
persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is
final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3)
years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and
X
00 73 10- 19
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 19 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided
for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right
to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the
Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at
all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above.
5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of
patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from
the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified
in the Contract Documents.
5.10 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws
or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.01.
5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or
00 73 10- 20
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 20 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to
any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas
resulting from the performance of the Work.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is
carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is
necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the
section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional
area of the Site.
3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim.
4. Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other
debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the
Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as
the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the
written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in
doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are
recovered.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion
of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property
disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work
or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
5.12 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor
and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change
Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated
to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved
00 73 10- 21
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 21 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference.
Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals,
and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include
accurate locations for buried and imbedded items.
5.13 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve
Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of
their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for
removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any,
with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any
other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the
Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work.
5.14 Safety Representative
Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
00 73 10- 22
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 22 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
5.15 Hazard Communication Programs
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other
hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or
among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
5.16 Submittals
A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal
will be identified as required by City.
1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the
services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to
review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C.
3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for
conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract
Documents unless otherwise required by City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail,
their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and
Specifications.
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be
at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review:
1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of
Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform
to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents.
00 73 10- 23
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 23 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence,
or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and
acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the
item functions.
3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied
with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each
such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of
Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is
responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by City;
2. recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by
City;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
00 73 10- 24
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 24 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
7. any correction of defective Work by City.
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall
furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article
4.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
5.18 Indemnification
A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the
City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or
alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers,
agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE
AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME
OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY
ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is
intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by
the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions.
B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its
officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of
property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be
performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees
under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY
INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR
PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE
CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF
THE CITY.
5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are
specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City
will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and
Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified
by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when
submitted to City.
00 73 10- 25
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 25 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified
to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design
drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance
and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s
review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be
only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C.
5.20 Right to Audit:
A. The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds
B. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating
to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours
to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space
in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall
give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
C. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that
the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to
the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all
Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to
conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give
Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
D. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the
City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate
published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed.
5.21 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-
related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project
receiving Federal assistance.
00 73 10- 26
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 26 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 6 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
6.01 Related Work at Site
A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other
City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by
utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice
thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and
B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility
owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City
contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and
properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of
the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come
together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of
others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that
Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose
work will be affected.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work
performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly
report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others.
ARTICLE 7 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph
11.03.
7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13.
00 73 10- 27
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 27 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
7.03 Compliance with Safety Program
While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable
requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to
Paragraph 5.13.
ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
8.01 City’s Project Representative
City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties
and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s representative during construction are
set forth in the Contract Documents.
A. City’s Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various
stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been
made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations, City’s Project Representative will
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
City’s Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections
on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s Project Representative’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s Project Representative’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on
authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents.
8.02 Authorized Variations in Work
City’s Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of
the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be
binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly.
8.03 Rejecting Defective Work
City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Representative believes to be defective,
or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will
prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or
testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or
completed.
00 73 10- 28
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 28 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
8.04 Determinations for Work Performed
Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project
Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before
rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to
reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data).
ARTICLE 9 – CHANGES IN THE WORK
9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or
from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work
shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order
of Extra work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a
project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City.
9.02 Notification to Surety
If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited
to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the
effect of any such change.
ARTICLE 10 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
10.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City
participation.
10.02 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City
participation.
10.03 Delays
A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.
00 73 10- 29
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 29 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 11 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
11.01 Notice of Defects
Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
11.02 Access to Work
City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and
testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
11.03 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any
of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment
submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by
City.
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests.
Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative
result and require a retest.
00 73 10- 30
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 30 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to
Developer/Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance
until the Testing Lab is Paid
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation.
11.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it
must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s
expense.
11.05 City May Stop the Work
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to
the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until
the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent
of any of them.
11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to
an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction
or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such
Work.
B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07,
Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
11.07 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
00 73 10- 31
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 31 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or
areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as
contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without
cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions:
1. repair such defective land or areas; or
2. correct such defective Work; or
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it
with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work
of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective
Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims,
costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect
to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end
of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and
Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor’s obligations under
this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this
Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitation or repose.
11.08 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph
11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may,
after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such
deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed
expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude
Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend
Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are
00 73 10- 32
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 32 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants,
employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights
and remedies under this Paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph
13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 11.09.
ARTICLE 12 – COMPLETION
12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be
free and clear of all Liens.
12.02 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to
permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its
intended use, subject to the following conditions:
1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of
the Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City
will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
12.03 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
00 73 10- 33
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 33 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that
the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
12.04 Final Acceptance
A. Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the
Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction
of the following:
1. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03;
2. consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance;
3. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are
unsettled; and
4. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to
City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.
5. after all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor or;
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor’s
insurance provider for resolution.
6. Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or
other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter.
ARTICLE 13 – SUSPENSION OF WORK
13.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor
shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered
by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City
participation projects.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the
control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by
mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not
00 73 10- 34
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 34 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract
Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily
nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or
deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect
temporary structures where necessary.
ARTICLE 14 – MISCELLANEOUS
14.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party.
C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic
notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party.
14.02 Computation of Times
When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last
day of the period.
14.03 Cumulative Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as
a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed
or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the
Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically
in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to
which they apply.
00 73 10- 35
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 35 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
14.04 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.
14.05 Headings
Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these
General Conditions.
01 11 00 - 1
DAP SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – Developer Awarded Projects [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 - General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
Specifications.
B. Subsidiary Work
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the
project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in
which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is
not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall
be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in
the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
C. Use of Premises
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and
equipment stored on the Site.
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid
delay in the construction operations.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 11 00 - 2
DAP SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – Developer Awarded Projects [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad.
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
D. Work within Easements
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously
obtained permission from the owner of such property.
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
Work as a part of the project construction operations.
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants,
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all
other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the
Work.
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work.
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or
equipment.
6. Fence
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project
to the original or a better than original condition.
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to
provide site security.
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary
closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 11 00 - 3
DAP SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – Developer Awarded Projects [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 25 00 - 1
DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
SECTION 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not
equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or
defined by reference to 1 or more of the following:
a. Name of manufacturer
b. Name of vendor
c. Trade name
d. Catalog number
2. Substitutions are not "or-equals".
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No
separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Request for Substitution - General
1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will
consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of
those specified.
2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by
means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog
numbers.
a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from
consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names,
trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as
determined by City.
3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions
under the following conditions:
a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products
meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor;
or,
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 25 00 - 2
DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached)
B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution
1. Substitution shall be considered only:
a. After award of Contract
b. Under the conditions stated herein
2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including:
a. Documentation
1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents
2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is
proposed
3) Data relating to changes in cost
b. For products
1) Product identification
a) Manufacturer's name
b) Telephone number and representative contact name
c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified
product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original
product in the Contract Documents
2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed
product with Contract Documents
3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product
characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to:
a) Size
b) Composition or materials of construction
c) Weight
d) Electrical or mechanical requirements
4) Product experience
a) Location of past projects utilizing product
b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced
projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product
c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product
5) Samples
a) Provide at request of City.
b) Samples become the property of the City.
c. For construction methods:
1) Detailed description of proposed method
2) Illustration drawings
C. Approval or Rejection
1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City
2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern
of specified product if necessary to secure design intent.
3. In the event the substitution is approved, if a reduction in cost or time results, it will
be documented by Change Order.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 25 00 - 3
DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
4. Substitution will be rejected if:
a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval
b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section
c. In the Developer’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the
original design
d. In the City’s or Developer’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately
the function consistent with the design intent
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor
represents that the Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or
superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it
is intended
2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building
modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be
complete in all respects
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently
arise
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 25 00 - 4
DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
EXHIBIT A
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM:
TO:
PROJECT: DATE:
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for
the above project:
SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Reason for Substitution:
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed
substitution will require for its proper installation.
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering
and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?
B. What effect does substitution have on other trades?
C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item?
D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time?
E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are:
Equal Better (explain on attachment)
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the
specified item.
Submitted By: For Use by City
Signature Recommended Recommended
as noted
Firm Not recommended Received late
Address By
Date
Date Remarks
Telephone
For Use by City:
Approved Rejected
City Date
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 31 19 - 1
DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
SECTION 01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
clarify construction contract administration procedures
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. No construction schedule required unless requested by the City.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Attend preconstruction meeting.
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
future reference.
B. Preconstruction Meeting
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the delivery of the
distribution package to the City.
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the
meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
3. Attendance shall include:
a. Developer and Consultant
b. Contractor's project manager
c. Contractor's superintendent
d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
to invite or the City may request
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 31 19 - 2
DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
e. Other City representatives
f. Others as appropriate
4. Preliminary Agenda may include:
a. Introduction of Project Personnel
b. General Description of Project
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits
d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule
e. Contract Time
f. Notice to Proceed
g. Construction Staking
h. Progress Payments
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
j. Field Orders
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
l. Insurance Renewals
m. Payroll Certification
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
o. Public Safety and Convenience
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
q. Weekend Work Notification
r. Legal Holidays
s. Trench Safety Plans
t. Confined Space Entry Standards
u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water
systems
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
w. Coordination with other Contractors
x. Early Warning System
y. Contractor Evaluation
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project
aa. Damages Claims
bb. Submittal Procedures
cc. Substitution Procedures
dd. Correspondence Routing
ee. Record Drawings
ff. Temporary construction facilities
gg. MBE/SBE procedures
hh. Final Acceptance
ii. Final Payment
jj. Questions or Comments
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 31 19 - 3
DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 32 33 - 1
DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
SECTION 01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for:
a. Preconstruction Videos
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. Though not mandatory, it is highly recommended on infill developer projects.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preconstruction Video
1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the
vicinity of and to be affected by construction.
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City.
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety
period.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 32 33 - 2
DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 1
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
SECTION 01 33 00
DAP SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following
Work-related submittals:
a. Shop Drawings
b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals)
c. Samples
d. Mock Ups
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination of Submittal Times
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications.
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
processing times including, but not limited to:
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required)
b) Coordination with other submittals
c) Testing
d) Purchasing
e) Fabrication
f) Delivery
g) Similar sequenced activities
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 2
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
contractor.
B. Submittal Numbering
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross-
reference identification numbering system in the following manner:
a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number.
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e.
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical
submittal number would be as follows:
03 30 00-08-B
1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete
2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop
drawing
C. Contractor Certification
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
a. Field measurements
b. Field construction criteria
c. Catalog numbers and similar data
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
with a Certification Statement affixed including:
a. The Contractor's Company name
b. Signature of submittal reviewer
c. Certification Statement
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions,
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
item with other applicable approved shop drawings."
D. Submittal Format
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches.
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
3. Order
a. Cover Sheet
1) Description of Packet
2) Contractor Certification
b. List of items / Table of Contents
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations
E. Submittal Content
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 3
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
2. The Project title and number
3. Contractor identification
4. The names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and
paragraph(s)
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
F. Shop Drawings
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working)
drawings
b. Scheduled information
c. Setting diagrams
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions
e. Custom templates
f. Special wiring diagrams
g. Coordination drawings
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
1) Performance curves and certifications
i. As applicable to the Work
2. Details
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting
for approval.
G. Product Data
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Standard Product
List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project.
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Standard
Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as
catalog data)
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation
instructions
2) Availability of colors and patterns
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates
5) Catalog cuts
6) Product photographs
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 4
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
7) Standard wiring diagrams
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
10) Mill reports
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties
12) As applicable to the Work
H. Samples
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to:
a. Physical examples of the Work such as:
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
2) Small cuts or containers of materials
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches
and range sets
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's
risk.
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
required to accomplish conformity.
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data.
J. Submittal Distribution
1. Electronic Distribution
a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to City’s Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the
City.
b. Shop Drawings
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings
returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed
above.
c. Product Data
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
d. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 5
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
a. Shop Drawings
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals
b) 7 copies for all other submittals
c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned,
Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above.
b. Product Data
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 4 copies
c. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2) Copies
a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections.
3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved
product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as
directed by the City.
a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number
previously specified.
K. Submittal Review
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
dimensions, and materials
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise
provided herein
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract.
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
have no responsibility therefore.
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner.
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
exception.
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes:
a. Code 1
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or
comments on the submittal.
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
equipment and/or material for manufacture.
b. Code 2
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 6
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
c. Code 3
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a
resubmittal of the package.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and
non-conforming items that were noted.
c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal.
d. Code 4
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the
intent of the Contract Documents.
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
submittal into conformance.
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
to meet the Contract Documents.
6. Resubmittals
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals
1) Corrections other than requested by the City
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s
expense.
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City
Representative’s then prevailing rates.
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
all such fees invoiced by the City.
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
Time.
7. Partial Submittals
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s
discretion.
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be
provided thereof to the Developer at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for
manufacture.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 7
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City.
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days
following receipt of submittal by the City.
L. Mock ups
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
M. Qualifications
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E.
Certification for each item required.
N. Request for Information (RFI)
1. Contractor Request for additional information
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
Specifications
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification
2. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further
information.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 33 00 - 8
DAP SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 30, 2013
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 1
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
SECTION 01 35 13 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7
b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8
c. Confined Space Entry Program 9
d. Air Pollution Watch Days 10
e. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 11
f. Water Department Notification 12
g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 13
h. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 14
i. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 15
j. Dust Control 16
k. Employee Parking 17
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18
1. None. 19
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 21
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 22
3. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 23
24
1.2 REFERENCES 25
A. Reference Standards 26
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 27
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 28
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 29
2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 30
High Voltage Overhead Lines. 31
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 32
Specification 33
1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 35
1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 36
Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 37
a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 38
therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 39
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 2
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 1
compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 2
Transportation 3
B. Work near High Voltage Lines 4
1. Regulatory Requirements 5
a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 6
conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 7
Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 8
2. Warning sign 9
a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 10
3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 11
safety features 12
a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 13
b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 14
c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 15
safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 16
4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 17
a. Notification shall be given to: 18
1) The power company (example: ONCOR) 19
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 20
action taken in each case. 21
b. Coordination with power company 22
1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 23
a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 24
lower the lines 25
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 26
requirements have been met. 27
C. Confined Space Entry Program 28
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 29
OSHA requirements. 30
2. Confined Spaces include: 31
a. Manholes 32
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 33
Confined Spaces 34
D. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 35
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 36
a. Public Notification 37
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 38
prior to commencing. 39
2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 40
E. Water Department Coordination 41
1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a 42
period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 43
the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating 44
those lines. 45
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 3
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 1
City water line system with the City’s representative. 2
a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 3
b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use 4
during the life of named project. 5
c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 6
to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 7
activity through the appropriate City representative. 8
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 9
a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 10
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 11
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 12
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 13
responsibilities as a result of these actions. 14
F. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 15
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block 16
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 17
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 18
shall be prepared as follows: 19
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 20
block in the project area. 21
1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 22
information: 23
a) Name of Project 24
b) City Project No (CPN) 25
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 26
d) Actual construction duration within the block 27
e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 28
f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 29
g) City’s after-hours phone number 30
2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 31
A. 32
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 33
block of the project to the inspector. 34
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 35
b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 36
delivered to all residents of the block. 37
G. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 38
1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 39
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 40
the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 41
2. Prepared notice as follows: 42
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 43
interruption. 44
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 45
information: 46
1) Name of the project 47
2) City Project Number 48
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 4
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
3) Date of the interruption of service 1
4) Period the interruption will take place 2
5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 3
6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 4
c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 5
Exhibit B. 6
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 7
for review prior to being distributed. 8
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 9
all affected residents and businesses. 10
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 11
Construction Inspector. 12
H. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 13
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 14
USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 15
permit. 16
I. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 17
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 18
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 19
railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 20
a. Flagmen 21
b. Inspectors 22
c. Safety training 23
d. Additional insurance 24
e. Insurance certificates 25
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 26
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 27
the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 28
with the permit guidelines. 29
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 30
requirements. 31
J. Dust Control 32
1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 33
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 34
b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 35
K. Employee Parking 36
1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 37
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 5
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
1.4 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson
1.3.B – Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9.
Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines.
13
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 6
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
EXHIBIT A 1
(To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2
3
4
5
Date: 6
7
CPN No.: 8
Project Name: 9
Mapsco Location: 10
Limits of Construction: 11
12
13
14
15
16
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT 17
WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 18
PROPERTY. 19
20
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 21
OF THIS NOTICE. 22
23
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 24
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 25
26
27
Mr. <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 28
29
OR 30
31
Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 32
33
AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 34
35
PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 36
37
CPN 102971
01 35 13 - 7
DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August, 30, 2013
EXHIBIT B 1
2
3
4
CPN 102971
01 45 23
DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 20, 2020
SECTION 01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all
Quality Control testing.
b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality
Assurance testing.
1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the
Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance
testing until a passing test occurs.
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Testing
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
in advance, when testing is needed.
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed.
3. Distribution of Testing Reports
a. Electronic Distribution
1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to the City’s document management system, or another form of
distribution approved by the City.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 45 23
DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 20, 2020
2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
3) Hard Copies
a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative
b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
1) Tests performed by City
a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor
2) Tests performed by the Contractor
a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City’s Project Representative
4. Provide City’s Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of
Concrete or Lime material including the following information:
a. Name of pit
b. Date of delivery
c. Material delivered
B. Inspection
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
03/20/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded
through the City’s document management system.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 50 00 - 1
DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised JULY 1, 2011
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not
necessarily limited to:
a. Temporary utilities
b. Sanitary facilities
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
d. Dust control
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Temporary Utilities
1. Obtaining Temporary Service
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities
having jurisdiction.
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
Acceptance.
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work.
2. Water
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as
required for the completion of the Work.
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic
consumption by Contractor personnel and City’s Project Representatives.
c. Coordination
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 50 00 - 2
DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised JULY 1, 2011
d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s
established rates.
3. Electricity and Lighting
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
testing of Work.
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use.
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
4. Telephone
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site.
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
B. Sanitary Facilities
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site.
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
problem.
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off
ground.
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
inspection and inventory.
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
temporary and existing buildings.
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
D. Temporary Fencing
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
documents
E. Dust Control
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 50 00 - 3
DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised JULY 1, 2011
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the
project.
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times
b. Must respond in a timely manner
F. Temporary Protection of Construction
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due
to weather.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Facilities
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed.
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Temporary Facilities
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 50 00 - 4
DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised JULY 1, 2011
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work.
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 57 13 - 1
DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
1. Notice of Intent: NOI
2. Notice of Termination: NOT
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ
5. Notice of Change: NOC
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction
Controls
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 57 13 - 2
DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Construction Activities resulting in:
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and
Drawings.
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
TXR150000
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-
6088.
2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. SWPPP
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein.
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
as follows:
1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager
a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 57 13 - 3
DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Modified SWPPP
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City
in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 60 00
DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 20, 2020
SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED]
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A list of City approved products for use is available through the City’s website at:
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory
path: 02 - Construction Documents\Standard Products List
A. Only products specifically included on City’s Standard Product List in these Contract
Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project.
1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific
approval by the City.
B. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar
products included on the City’s Standard Product List.
1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even
though the product is listed on the City’s Standard Product List.
C. Although a specific product is included on City’s Standard Product List, not all
products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that
manufacturer’s standard product.
D. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City’s
Standard Product List.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 60 00
DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 20, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City’s Standard Product List
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application
03/20/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is
accessible through the City’s website.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 66 00 - 1
DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
SECTION 01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Scheduling of product delivery
2. Packaging of products for delivery
3. Protection of products against damage from:
a. Handling
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Delivery Requirements
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation
and to avoid prolonged storage.
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries.
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 66 00 - 2
DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or
environmental damage.
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation
location.
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling.
B. Handling Requirements
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and
manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
C. Storage Requirements
1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and
requirements of these Specifications.
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent
damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at
all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in
vicinity of Work.
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants and occupants.
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City’s Project Representative.
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by
City’s Project Representative.
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises.
7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers.
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant.
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open.
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to
satisfaction of City’s Project Representative.
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City’s
Project Representative.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 66 00 - 3
DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.
B. Non-Conforming Work
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way
unsatisfactory for use on the project.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions.
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in
storage.
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by
the manufacturer.
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 66 00 - 4
DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 74 23 - 1
DAP CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
SECTION 01 74 23
CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed
systems specified elsewhere
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 32 92 13 – Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Scheduling
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final
inspection.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for
those materials.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 74 23 - 2
DAP CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned
2. New and uncontaminated
3. For manufactured surfaces
a. Material recommended by manufacturer
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING
A. General
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
governing authorities.
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
storm or sanitary drains or sewers.
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 74 23 - 3
DAP CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with
this project.
8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction
of required permanent Work.
9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor.
10. Do not burn on-site.
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of
personnel in existing facility operations.
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance.
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
C. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site.
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance
with Section 32 92 13.
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway.
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures,
junction boxes and inlets.
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by
City, remove erosion control from site.
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc.
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 74 23 - 4
DAP CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 77 19 - 1
DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
SECTION 01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The procedure for closing out a contract
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds,
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are
satisfactorily filed with the City.
B. Release of Liens or Claims
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of
release of liens has been submitted to the City.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all required documentation to City’s Project Representative.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 77 19 - 2
DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit:
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section
01 74 23.
C. Final Inspection
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work
is completed.
a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present.
b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete.
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the
City.
3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt
of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent
Final Inspection of the project.
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to:
a. Specified spare parts
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks
d. Light bulbs
e. Fuses
f. Vault keys
g. Handwheels
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all
equipment
D. Notice of Project Completion
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 77 19 - 3
DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection
to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet).
E. Supporting Documentation
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following
additional forms:
a. Final Payment Request
b. Statement of Contract Time
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
e. Pipe Report (if required)
f. Contractor’s Evaluation of City
g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor
F. Letter of Final Acceptance
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 23 - 1
DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and
operation of products furnished under Contract
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to:
a. Traffic Controllers
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City)
c. Butterfly Valves
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
shipment to the project site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be
approved by the City prior to delivery.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Form
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel.
2. Format
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches
b. Paper
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 23 - 2
DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
d. Drawings
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
2) Provide indexed tabs.
f. Cover
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
2) List:
a) Title of Project
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual
3. Binders
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
B. Manual Content
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
c. List, with each product:
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
volume
3) Identify area of responsibility of each
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
forth in Contract Documents.
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation
3) Delete references to inapplicable information
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
2) Control and flow diagrams
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 23 - 3
DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving:
1) Proper procedures in event of failure
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Catalog number, size, composition
2) Color and texture designations
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products
b. Instructions for care and maintenance
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
product
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Applicable standards
2) Chemical composition
3) Details of installation
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
a. Description of unit and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Operating procedures
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions
3) Summer and winter operating instructions
4) Special operating instructions
c. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
1) List of lubricants required
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 23 - 4
DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
a. Description of system and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Circuit directories of panelboards
1) Electrical service
2) Controls
3) Communications
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams
d. Operating procedures
1) Routine and normal operating instructions
2) Sequences required
3) Special operating instructions
e. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Adjustment and checking
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
during instruction of City's personnel.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 23 - 5
DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 – title of section removed
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 39 - 1
DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
SECTION 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project
documents, including:
a. Record Drawings
b. Water Meter Service Reports
c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports
d. Large Water Meter Reports
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to
City’s Project Representative.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accuracy of Records
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
Record Documents.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 39 - 2
DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
information that the change has occurred.
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration
and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded
data to the final Project Record Documents.
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
to the City's approval.
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
Contract Documents.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Job set
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
B. Final Record Documents
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Job Set
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET".
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 39 - 3
DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
2. Preservation
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination,
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a
suitable method for protecting the job set.
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
3. Coordination with Construction Survey
a. At a minimum clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents
associated with installation of the infrastructure.
4. Making entries on Drawings
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents.
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the
change by graphic line and note as required.
c. Date all entries.
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
changes.
5. Conversion of schematic layouts
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping,
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to
portray precise physical layout.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
shown only schematically on the Drawings.
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1
inch, the centerline of each run of items.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like).
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
reliably to the Specifications.
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing
by the City.
B. Final Project Record Documents
1. Transfer of data to Drawings
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the
corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required.
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas
affected.
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
01 78 39 - 4
DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised April 7, 2014
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure
longevity and clear reproduction.
2. Transfer of data to other Documents
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
Record Documents.
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
of the City.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN 102971
Non-City of Fort Worth Specifications
Page 1 of 1
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN
NON-CITY OF FORT WORTH SPECIFICATIONS
CPN 102971
DISINFECTION OF WATER RESERVOIRS
Page 1 of 1 01656
O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\01656.doc
SECTION 01656
DISINFECTION OF WATER RESERVOIRS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
A. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
1. AWWA C652-86 - Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Disinfection work shall be acceptable to state health authority. Requirements of this section in
conflict with requirements of authority for disinfection, authority shall govern.
B. Source Quality Assurance:
1. Perform Work in connection with disinfection under direction of experienced supervisor.
2. Use equipment in proper working condition and adequate for specified Work.
1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1. No payment will be made for disinfection under this Section. Include payment for disinfection in
unit price for applicable tank installation section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CHLORINE
A. Provide chlorine in accordance with requirements of AWWA C652.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING
A. Before disinfecting, remove debris and material not part of structural or operating facilities of tank.
B. Clean using high pressure water jet or other equally effective means to remove dirt and foreign
material.
C. Remove water, dirt, and foreign material and dispose.
3.02 DISINFECTING TANKS
A. Disinfect in accordance with AWWA C652, Method 2.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONTRACTOR will obtain samples for and submit to laboratory for analysis before reservoir placed
in service.
B. If safe samples not obtained using above procedure, CONTRACTOR shall, at his expense, add
additional chlorine in amounts necessary to obtain safe samples.
C. Costs of water for rechlorination of tank if first attempt does not test safely shall be CONTRACTOR'S
responsibility.
END OF SECTION
PAINTING
Page 1 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Surface preparation, priming, and finishing of interior and exterior of existing and proposed
items and surfaces including the fence.
B. All painting in connection with this project shall meet the requirements of this Section of the
Specifications. In case of conflict between the painting requirement of this Section and other
Sections of the Specifications, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1. No payment will be made for painting under this Section. Include payment for painting
in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint: The term “paint” as used herein includes emulsions, enamels, stains, varnishes, sealers,
and other coatings, organic or inorganic, whether they be used as prime, intermediate, or finish
coats. This definition does not include troweled or metal-sprayed coating.
B. Shop Painting. The term “shop painting” as referred to herein and/or on the drawings, covers
operations and paint used in painting material or equipment in a shop or plant before shipment
to the job site for erection or installation.
C. Field Painting. The term “field painting” as referred to herein and/or on the drawings covers the
application of paint coats at the construction site. Field painting shall normally be accomplished
after erection except for surfaces to be coated which are inaccessible after erection.
D. New Surfaces. New surfaces refers to unpainted surfaces of newly fabricated structures and
items which are to receive paint coats.
E. Touch-up Painting. Touch-up painting refers to the application of paint on small areas of painted
surfaces to repair mars and scratches and to restore the coating to an unbroken condition.
F. Repainting. Repainting designates the cleaning and recoating of extensive areas on which the
existing coatings have deteriorated or otherwise do not provide adequate surface protection.
G. Blast Cleaning. Blast cleaning designates the cleaning of surfaces by forceful impingement of
abrasive particles thereon by clean, dry and oil free air blast or centrifugal action and includes
sandblasting and grit blasting.
H. Architectural Surfaces. Architectural surfaces refers to the exteriors of buildings, the interior of
buildings (finish spaces) for the occupancy of people such as office and laboratory space (not
mechanical equipment), and wood, masonry, plaster, stucco, and wall board regardless of where
located.
PAINTING
Page 2 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
I. Mechanical Surfaces. Mechanical surfaces refers to all submerged surfaces, all machinery and
piping, the interior of all mechanical building (except wood, masonry, plaster, stucco, or wall
board) subject to environmental contaminations such as pump rooms, sludge handling buildings,
etc.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit for approval by the ENGINEER the paint manufacturer's technical
information including, specifications and data on the proposed paints and detailed surface
preparation, application procedures, dry mil thickness, certificates and test reports, as required
by Method 1031.2, Federal Test Method Standard 141. All suppliers shall be notified of the
Paint Manufacturer selected, and all shop-supplied paint shall also meet these specifications.
After approval of the Paint Manufacturer, substitutions will not be considered.
B. Contact with Potable Water. Any surface to be coated which will be in contact with potable
water shall receive coatings which meet the F.D.A. requirements for accepted ingredient
materials, and which are listed by the U.S. Public Health Service as acceptable for Potable
Water Tank Linings for Interstate Carrier use. Coating shall also meet EPA, National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF), and ANSI/NSF Standard 61 requirements for coatings in contact with potable
water. Certify in writing, by an organization accredited by ANSI, that these requirements have
been met. Such certification shall be furnished to the ENGINEER as a prerequisite to final
acceptance of the Project by the OWNER.
C. Submit six (6) complete sets of paint color charts for all colors manufactured or available from
the paint supplier.
Color selection shall be made by OWNER.
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The paints and the paint products mentioned in the following specifications are set up as
standards of quality. Other top-of-the-line paints of nationally known and reputable
manufacturers comparable in quality and type to those specified will be considered if said paints
are offered by the CONTRACTOR with satisfactory data on past performance, composition,
directions for use and other information required, and if approved by the ENGINEER. Technical
bulletins alone will not be considered as sufficient proof of equality. As a part of the proof of
equality, the ENGINEER may require at the cost of the CONTRACTOR, certified reports from a
nationally known reputable and independent testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as
directed by the ENGINEER between the product specified and the requested substitution. The
comparative tests shall have been made within two years prior to award of Contract.
B. All materials shall be brought to the job site in clean, original, sealed and labeled containers
bearing the following information:
1. Name or title of material.
2. Fed. Spec. number if applicable.
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Manufacturer's name.
5. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
6. Thinning and mixing instructions.
7. Application instructions.
8. Color name and number.
9. Batch numbers.
10. Shelf life.
PAINTING
Page 3 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
C. The OWNER may have the cleaning and painting tested by an independent testing laboratory
during the cleaning and painting process. Any test revealing surface preparation or painting not
meeting the requirements of this Section of the Specifications will be at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR.
D. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by
equipment manufacturers are compatible with finish coat.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all paint and painting under this Contract for a minimum of
twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning with the date of final acceptance of this
Contract. Any part or all of any paint surface which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, reveals
any blister, peel, flake, bubble, rust or other imperfections within the 12-month period specified
above, shall be, if the ENGINEER so directs, cleaned by abrasive blast to white metal as
specified in SSPC-SP-5, and shall be primed and painted at no expense to the OWNER. Such
cleaning and painting shall be accomplished within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on
which the CONTRACTOR is notified by the ENGINEER that such cleaning and painting is
required. If the original paint was a substitution for that shown in the paint schedule, and the
paint failure is general over two large portions of the surface, then the surface shall be primed
and repainted with a paint of the OWNER's choice.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PAINTS TO BE APPLIED
A. General. All paint and paint products furnished or applied in fulfilling the requirements of this
section of the Specifications shall be products of one paint manufacturer, except where
otherwise specified, such as Architectural finishes. The surface preparation and paints required
for various types of surface and exposure are shown in the Paint Systems. The CONTRACTOR
shall coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by equipment
manufacturers are compatible with the finish coat.
B. Fabricated and Assembled Items. Fabricated and assembled items which are normally painted
with special coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice shall be touched
up in the field with the manufacturer's recommended touch-up procedures and paints to provide
an appearance satisfactory to the ENGINEER.
C. Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. The safety color selected for the marking of
physical hazards and safety, fire fighting and protective equipment shall be in accordance with
OSHA 1910.144.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. Ameron International
B. Carboline
C. Tnemec Company, Inc.
D. The Sherwin – Williams Company
E. Or pre-approved equal.
PAINTING
Page 4 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
2.03 SCHEDULE
A . General
1. Top-of-line products of the referenced manufacturer shall be used. Equivalent materials of
other manufacturers may be substituted upon written approval of the ENGINEER. No
submittals for substitution will be considered by the ENGINEER prior to bid date. Requests
for substitution must include manufacturer's literature for each product giving the name,
product number, generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended
dry film thickness and certified test reports showing results equal to the performance of the
products listed herein. Only those thinners recommended by the manufacturer shall be
used.
2. AWWA C104, C203, and C205 linings and coatings for cast iron and for steel pipe shall
apply for piping except where specifically indicated otherwise in individual sections of
these Specifications.
3. For purposes of determining coatings required where not specified, surfaces which are
intermittently submerged shall be considered as submerged.
4. Surfaces of piping, structures, and other items requiring a schedule for buried service and
another schedule for aboveground service shall be coated as follows:
a. The specified underground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches
aboveground.
b. The specified aboveground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches below the
ground and shall be applied over the underground coating.
5. Primer, Intermediate, and finish coats on a given item shall be provided by the same
manufacturer. No mixing of coating systems will be allowed.
B. PAINT SYSTEMS
1. Piping, Normal Interior Exposure (Painting System No. 1)
a. General. Ferrous surfaces subject to normal dry exposure conditions above grade
where corrosive atmosphere is light to moderate. This includes the following items:
exposed surfaces of ductile iron and steel piping, including fittings, valves, flanges,
bolts, supports, accessories; pipe hanger brackets; electrical conduit, boxes,
electrical supports, outlets (aluminum color); pipe to be later insulated; copper
tubing, fittings and valves; exposed ductwork and louvers. Galvanized surfaces are
not to be painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE-3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
c. Coating (Alkyd System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Primer (3 mils)
Carbocoat
115SG Amercoat 185
HS
37-77 Chem-Prime
Kem Kromik
Universal Primer
Finish Coats (2 or
more to a dry film
thickness of 4
mils)
Carbocoat
2900
Amercoat 5450 Series 23 - Endura-
Tone or Series 2H Industrial Enamel
PAINTING
Page 5 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
Total dry film thickness = 7 mils
All surfaces shall be shop primed with a primer of the Paint Manufacturer selected so that the primer will be compatible
with the finished paint surface.
2. Metal, Non-Immersed, Interior Exposure (Painting System No. 2)
a. General. All non-immersed ferrous surfaces subject to moderately severe abrasive
conditions. This includes and is limited to non-submerged ladders, grates,
checkered deck plates and access covers; air transfer piping; interiors of steel dry
chemical storage silos and day tanks; pumps, motors, blowers, speed reducers,
grilles, curbs, hoists, and other machines and equipment. Galvanized surfaces are
not to be painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
c. Coating (Epoxy Resin System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat (2 mils)Carboguard 890 Amerlock 2 Epoxo-line 66-
1211
Epolon II Rust
Inhibitive Primer
Finish Coat(s) (5
mils)Carboguard 890 Amerlock 2 Series 66, Hi-Build
Epoxo-line
Epolon II Multi-Mil
Finish Coat
Total minimum dry film thickness = 7 mils
3. Metal, Immersed, Subject to Abrasive Conditions (Painting System No. 3)
a. General. All immersed ferrous surfaces, subject to moderately severe abrasive
conditions. This includes and is limited to submerged surfaces of all pumps, flow
developers, aerators, lime slakers and feeders, flash mixers, scum baffles,
clariflocculator mixers, sludge collectors, sludge mixers and filter vessel interior and
internals, sluice gates, exterior of submerged valves and piping, submerged pipe
sleeves, brackets, gates, etc. All these surfaces except field inaccessible surfaces
shall be prepared and coated in the field. Galvanized surfaces are not to be
painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
c. Coating. (Epoxy System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Two or more coats to a minimum
dry film thickness of 12 to 14 mils
Carboguard
891
Amercoat
395FD Series 20 Macropoxy 646
4. Metal, Buried in Contact with Soil (Painting System No. 4)
a. General. All ferrous surfaces in contact with backfill includes, but is not limited to all
buried valves, valve boxes, exteriors of package Lift Stations, treatment units, etc.,
and miscellaneous buried metals. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
c. Coating. Two coats of Bureau of Reclamation CA-50 or MIL-C018480A coal tar
coating.
PAINTING
Page 6 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Two or more coats to a minimum
dry film thickness of 30 mils Bitumastic 50
Amercoat
78HB Coal
Tar Epoxy
46-465
Heavy
Tnemecol
Hi-Mil Sher-Tar
5. Canvas, Cloth, or Fiberglass Surface on Pipe Insulation (Painting System No. 5)
a. Surface Preparation. Clean of all dust, dirt, grease and foreign matter.
b. Coating (Acrylic latex).
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Two coats to match
uninsulated pipe
Carbocrylic
3350 Amercoat 220 Series 6 Tneme-
cryl
DTM Acrylic
Coating
6. Steel, Galvanized, (Painting System No. 6)
a. Surface (when directed) Preparation. SSPC-SP-1 Solvent Cleaning, SP-7 sweep
blast.
b. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Intermediate Coat (4 to 6
mils)
Carboguard
893 SG
Amercoat
385 or
Amerlock 400
20-1255 Macropoxy 646
Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils)Carbothane
133 HB
Amercoat
450H
Series 73
Endura-
Shield
Hi-Solids
Polyurethane
7. Metal, Exterior Exposure (Painting System No. 7)
a. General. Exterior of steel tanks, above ground steel and cast iron piping, valves,
fittings, supports and accessories.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
c. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System).
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime (First) Coat (2 to 3 mils)Carboguard
890
Amercoat
385PA 66-1211 Epolon II-Primer
Intermediate Coat (4 to 6 mils)Carboguard
890
Amercoat
385 20-1255 Epolon II Multi-Mil
Top Coat
Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils)Carbothane
133 HB
Amercoat
450H
Series 73
Endura-
Shield
Hi-Solids
Polyurethane
Total minimum dry film thickness = 7.5 mils to 11.5 mils
Conform to ANSI/AWWA D102-latest edition for coating exterior of steel elevated water storage tanks.
PAINTING
Page 7 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
8. Metal, Interior Potable Water Service (Painting System No. 8)
a. General. Interior of potable water tanks, access manways.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
c. Coating. (Epoxy System).
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
3 Coats (5 mils per coat
min) Carboguard 891 Amerlock 2 or
Amerlock 400 20-AA90 Tank Clad HS
Total minimum dry film thickness = 15 mils
First coat shall be haze gray or beige. Finish coat shall be white. Conform to NSF standards and ANSI/AWWA D102-
latest edition for coating interior of steel elevated water storage tanks.
C. ARCHITECTURAL
9. CMU (Concrete Block Building) Interior & Exterior (Painting System No. 9)
a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter.
b. Coating: Acrylic Latex.
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat Sanitile 100 Amerlock 400
BF 130 Envirofill Heavy Duty Block
Filler
Finish Coats Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 Series 6 DTM Acrylic
10. Drywall (Interior) (Painting System No. 10)
a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter.
b. Coating: Acrylic Latex
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat Carbocrylic 120 Amercoat 220 51-792 PrepRite 200
Finish Coat (2 or
more)Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 (1 Coat)6 Series DTM Acrylic
11. Wood (Interior & Exterior) (Painting System No. 11)
a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter. Sand smooth
to remove rough edges, etc.
b. Coating: Acrylic Latex.
PAINTING
Page 8 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Prime Coat Carbocrylic 120 Amercoat 220 36-603 A-100 Exterior Oil
Wood Primer
Finish Coat (2 or
more)Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 (1
Coat)
Series
23 DTM Acrylic
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES.
A. General
1. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of
obtaining a clean and dry surface. No more abrasive blast or surface preparation than can
be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted.
2. The preparation of steel surfaces shall be in accordance with the applicable specifications
prepared by the Society of Protective Coatings (SPC).
3. Extra precaution shall be required in the preparation of any existing surfaces for repaint
that contains lead. Any test results of existing painted surfaces shall be available for
review at the ENGINEER'S office. The CONTRACTOR shall meet the latest criteria of the
Texas Air Control Board and the Environmental Protection Agency as it pertains to surface
preparation and painting procedures, for the referenced condition.
4. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent work during abrasive blast operations.
Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be suitably protected from the effects of cleaning
and painting operations. Fabricated, assembled items which are normally cleaned and
painted in the shop in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice will be
considered for exemption from the detailed cleaning and painting requirement set forth
herein. Removable equipment adjacent to surfaces to be painted shall if necessary, be
disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and painting of said surfaces, and replaced by
workmen skilled in the trades involved.
5. Prime and finish coats which are listed in the Painting Schedule are compatible finishes.
The CONTRACTOR shall follow the recommendations of the paint manufacturers, subject
to the approval of the ENGINEER, to insure a good bond between coats.
6. The standard of cleanliness for the surface preparation shall be evaluated with the use of:
S.S.P.C. Pectoral SSPC-VIS 1, Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces, or
Swedish Pectoral Standards.
7. Remove all dust and abrasives from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing, blowing or
vacuuming with clean dry air, paying special attention to corners and joints of connecting
members.
B. Cleaning and Preparation of Ferrous Surfaces
1. Surface in Exterior or Interior Atmospheric Exposure (Cleaning System No. 1) Ferrous
surfaces which will be completely and continuously in normal exterior or interior
atmospheric exposure (see schedule for description) shall be cleaned in the following
manner.
a. Oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other containments shall be
removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning.
b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before sandblasting, all
weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must be ground to
give a smooth rounded corner.
PAINTING
Page 9 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Commercial finish by removing mill scale,
rust, rust scale, paint or foreign material by any of the recommended methods
outlined in SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Mechanical
equipment and surfaces inaccessible to blast cleaning shall be cleaned in
accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning.
d. The blast cleaned surface shall be primed with primer specified for atmospheric
exposed steel before any rust bloom forms. Weathering of fabricated unpainted
steel for any purpose will not be permitted unless the surface is to be subsequently
blast cleaned off all mill scale and rust to base metal.
2. Welds and Damaged Areas. All welds and all damaged areas of shop-primed surfaces
and of field-primed surfaces shall be field cleaned, including blast cleaning, and reprimed
as specified.
3. Cleaning and Pretreatment of Ferrous Surfaces in Underwater Exposure (Cleaning
System No. 2). Surfaces of structural components which will be subject to extended
periods of immersion or otherwise as required shall be cleaned in the following manner:
a. Oil, grease, soil drawing and cutting compounds, and other contaminants shall be
removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning.
b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before abrasive
blasting, all weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must
be ground to give a smooth rounded contour.
c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Near-White Metal finish, removing of all mill
scale, rust, rust scale, chlorine contamination, paint or foreign matter by any of the
recommended methods outlined in SSPC-SP 10/NACE 2, Near White Blast
Cleaning.
d. Surfaces to be coated which will not be accessible after erection shall be cleaned
and painted before becoming inaccessible. In no event shall blast cleaned surfaces
stand overnight without having received the specified pretreatment and the first coat
of paint prescribed by the schedule. Structural features or components which are
subject in part to atmospheric exposure and in part to immersion in water shall be
prepared and painted as though the entire component were subject to immersion.
Pre-erected or construction period coatings shall be maintained in good condition by
recleaning and touching up any areas damaged during the construction period.
Prior to the field application of subsequent coats to obtain the prescribed total film
thickness, soiled areas of the pre-erection coating shall be thoroughly cleaned with
mineral spirits and all welds or other unpainted or damaged areas shall be cleaned,
including blast cleaning, and primed as specified and in such a manner as to make
them equivalent to adjacent, undamaged paint surfaces.
C. Cleaning of Copper, Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Surfaces.
Unless otherwise specifically provided, galvanized, stainless steel and aluminum surfaces shall
not be painted, but shall be washed with clean mineral spirits per SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning
to remove oil and grease. Exposed copper surfaces shall be buffed or polished to bright color,
the surface cleaned with mild phosphoric acid cleaner and the finish coat applied. The
preparation of copper surfaces apply only if they are to be painted.
D. Inspection of Surface Preparation. The ENGINEER may inspect all details of surface
preparation to insure that surfaces have been properly cleaned, that treating solutions are of the
specified type and concentration, and have been properly applied, that treated surfaces are free
from unneutralized residue, and that surfaces are dry and ready to receive paint.
E. Machined Surfaces. Machine finished and other bare metal surfaces which are not to be
painted, but which will require temporary protection during construction, shall be treated with a
PAINTING
Page 10 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
rust preventative compound as approved by the ENGINEER unless otherwise specifically
indicated.
3.02 PAINT APPLICATION
A. General. All work shall be done in a workmanlike manner, so that the finished coating will be free
from holidays, pin holes, bubbles, runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, unnecessary brush marks
and variations in color, texture and gloss. All coats shall be applied in such a manner as to
produce an even film of uniform thickness. The Painting CONTRACTOR shall furnish workers
who perform quality work and who are experienced and knowledgeable in the surface
preparation and application of high performance industrial coatings.
Painting application procedures shall conform to the standards of craftsmanship discussed in the
Society for Protective Coatings Painting Manual, Volume 1, Good Painting Practice. These
techniques include, but are not limited to, multiple passes of the spray gun, with each pass
overlapped 50%, and "Cross Hatching" successive coats of paint.
B. Labeling, Storage, Mixing, and Film Thickness. All materials shall be brought to the painting job
site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer and shall be subject
to inspection by the ENGINEER. The painter shall apply each coating at the rate and in the
manner specified by the manufacturer. If material has thickened or must be diluted for
application by spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with
undiluted material. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of
additional coats of paint. Paints which can be harmed by exposure to cold weather shall be
stored in heated shelters. During application, the paint in the spray tank or other working
container shall be not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit.
Coating materials shall be stored in a location approved by the ENGINEER for that purpose.
The storage areas shall be kept clean and any damage caused by the Painting CONTRACTOR
shall be repaired. Oil rags and waste or other fire hazards shall be removed from the storage
areas each night and disposed of or stored in closed metal containers in accordance with
applicable fire and safety regulations.
C. Safety. The Painting CONTRACTOR shall diligently observe all rules of safety, ventilation, fire
hazards, and shall identify by signs or marking all physical hazards as required by OSHA, and
described in the Federal Register, Volume 37, No. 202 under Paragraph 1901.44 "Safety Color
Code, for Marking Physical Hazards," and EPA regulations, and in particular as spelled out in
Section 7 "Safety Precautions" of the AWWA Standard for Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks,
D102-latest edition.
Paints and coatings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors may be toxic or
explosive. Protective equipment, approved by the appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory
for all personnel involved in the painting and coatings operations.
D. Atmospheric Conditions. No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, as
measured in the shade, is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be applied when the
temperature of the surface to be painted is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be
applied when surface and air temperatures are less than 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the dew
point. Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in rain, snow,
fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85% or when it can be anticipated that the air
temperature will drop below 40 degrees Fahrenheit within 18 hours after the application of the
paint. Dew or moisture condensation should be anticipated, and if such conditions are
prevalent, painting shall be delayed until mid-morning to be certain that the surfaces are dry.
The day's painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable time of day when
PAINTING
Page 11 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
condensation will occur, in order to permit the film an appreciable drying time prior to the
formation of moisture. During periods of inclement weather, painting may be continued by
enclosing the surface with temporary shelters and applying artificial heat, provided the minimum
air, surface and paint temperatures prescribed are maintained. Paint shall not be applied to
surfaces which are hot enough to cause blistering or pinholing of the film.
E. Protection of Paint Surfaces. Where shelter or heat is provided for paint surfaces during
inclement weather, such protective measures shall be maintained until the paint film has dried,
or discontinuance of the measures is authorized. Items which have been painted shall not be
handled, worked on, or otherwise disturbed until the paint coat is completely dry and hard. After
delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, all shop-coated metal work shall be
stored out of contact with the ground in such a manner as will minimize the formation of water-
holding pockets and in such a location as will minimize soiling, contamination and deterioration
of the paint film. Shop-coated metal shall be repainted or retouched from time to time with the
specified paint, whenever, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, it becomes necessary to maintain
the integrity of the film.
F. Contacting Surfaces. When riveted or bolted contact is to exist between surfaces of ferrous or
other metal parts of substantially similar chemical composition, such surfaces will not be
required to be painted. Contacting surfaces formed by high-strength bolt connections shall not
be painted. Where an electrical potential is apt to exist between metal surfaces or unlike
chemical composition in riveted or bolted contact, each of the contacting surfaces shall be
cleaned, pretreated, and given one coat of primer, all as specified for the particular metals
involved. Where a non-metal surface is to be in riveted or bolted contact with a metal surface,
the contacting surfaces of the metal shall be cleaned, pretreated if required, and given three
coats of the specified primer.
G. Method of Paint Application. On metal surfaces, each coat of paint shall be applied at the rate
specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. On concrete
and/or masonry, application rates will vary according to surface texture. However, in no case
shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, a protective
and decorative finish shall be achieved. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the
application of an additional coat(s) of paint. Where conditions are other than normal because of
the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be
necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be returned to service
until paints are thoroughly dry. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the
manufacturer furnishing the paint, and for the particular purpose, shall be allowed, and all such
thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, as well as with
the full knowledge and approval of the ENGINEER.
Where two or more coats are specified, first coat shall be tinted a minimum of three shades
lighter than the color specified, and progressively to the final coat, and subject to approval.
H. Coating Progress. Where field painting on any type of surface has commenced on any portion of
the work, the complete painting operation, including priming and finishing coats, on that portion
of the work, shall be completed as soon as practicable without prolonged delays. Sufficient time
as recommended by the paint manufacturer shall elapse between successive coats to permit
them to dry properly for recoating and this minimum drying period shall be modified as
necessary to suit adverse weather conditions. Maximum elapsed time between successive
coats shall not exceed the time recommended by the coating manufacturer. The application of
another coat of paint shall not cause such film irregularities as lifting or loss of adhesion of the
undercoat, and the undercoat shall have dried sufficiently so as not to retard the drying of the
next coat. At all times prior to final acceptance of the work when, in the opinion of the
ENGINEER, it becomes necessary, the integrity and continuity of all coats, including coats which
have chalked unduly or otherwise deteriorated, shall be reestablished by retouching or
repainting, using paints identical with those maintained. At the time of application of each
successive coat, undercoats shall be cleaned of duct, grease or any foreign matter, which might
PAINTING
Page 12 of 12 09900
03/10/98 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\09900.doc
adversely affect intercoat adhesion, by means of air blast, solvent cleaning or other approved
means. Field coats on metal shall be applied after erection, except as otherwise specified and
except for surfaces to be painted which will become inaccessible after erection.
I. Drying Time Prior to Immersion. Drying time prior to immersion, installation or otherwise
handling painted surfaces shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Vinyl type paint
systems shall be allowed a final dry as long as practicable.
J. Coverage and Film Thickness. Coverage and film thickness shall be as recommended by the
paint manufacturer, unless otherwise prescribed in the schedule. On metal surfaces, the painter
shall apply each coat of paint at the rate specified or recommended by the manufacturer to
achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required.
K. Inspection. All painting will be inspected for applied coating thickness and for pinholes and
holidays. Such inspections will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of furnishing
qualified labor and materials in strict accordance with the Specifications. The CONTRACTOR
shall also furnish an AWWA approved type of low voltage dry mil gauge apparatus to measure
the dry film thickness. The Elcometer Thickness Gauge shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for
his use. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish to the ENGINEER, for his use, holiday detector
devices; sling Pyschrometers; MOS and calibration standards. Holiday detector devices shall be
approved low voltage type. All of the above inspection gauges shall be furnished and on the job
before the ENGINEER will permit painting operations to proceed, and shall remain on the job
until its completion and acceptance. The CONTRACTOR or his representatives shall instruct the
ENGINEER on the proper use and care of all such gauges. The above-required testing gauges
shall be furnished to the ENGINEER and are returnable to the CONTRACTOR upon completion
of the job. The cost of furnishing all of the above required gauges to the Engineer for his use
shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Touch up and restore finish where damaged.
B. Remove spilled, splashed or splattered paint from all surfaces.
C. Do not mar surface finish of items being cleaned.
D. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the
site.
END OF SECTION
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 1 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
SECTION 13213
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):
1. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Rules for Construction of Pressure
Vessels, Division 1, Parts UG, UCS and UHA.
2. ASME SEC IX-89 - Qualifications Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders,
Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators.
B. American Society of Testing & Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A36-89 - Standard Specifications for Structural Steel.
C. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF):
1. Standard G1.
D. Texas Administrative Code (TAC):
1. Chapter 290-Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for payment for hydropneumatic tank shall be in accordance with the Bid Proposal
item 9999.0001.
B. Measurement and payment for acceptance testing of tank shall be as stipulated in the bid
proposal. If not stipulated, it will be considered incidental to the bid with no separate pay.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Tank Capacity: as shown on plans.
2. Nominal Diameter: 10 ft.
3. Maximum Working Pressure: 100 psi.
4. Hydrostatic Test Pressure: 150 psi.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit the following shop drawings:
a. Dimensions of tank.
b. Wall thickness (shell and heads).
c. Locations of accessories.
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 2 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
d. Details of all accessories.
e. Total weight of tank.
2. Shop drawings shall be sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas.
B. Design Calculations:
1. Submit design calculations for tank and anchor bolts.
2. Said calculations to be sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of
Texas.
C. Product Information:
1. Submit product information for the following:
a. Coatings.
b. Safety Relief Valve.
c. Shut-off Valves.
d. Pressure Gauge.
e. Strip Heater.
f. Site Glass.
g. Level Probe Assembly.
D. Other Documentation:
1. Form U-1A, Manufacturer's Data Report for Pressure Vessels.
2. Report of NACE certified coatings inspector.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01300.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications:
1. Tank manufacturer shall have been in the ASME Vessel manufacturing business for a
minimum of five (5) years.
B. Tank shall comply with the requirements of TAC, Chapter 290.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TANK
A. Fabricate in strict accordance with Subsection B, Part UW of ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
B. Do not provide coupling at center of heads. Weld fabrication hole in each head per Code and
grind flush inside and out.
C. Utilize spot radiography on the head to shell girth weld and spot radiography on the shell to
shell girth welds all fully meeting the afore stated Codes.
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 3 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
D. Provide a minimum corrosion allowance of 1/8" minimum and construct to withstand the
highest expected working pressures with a four to one factor of safety on both heads and
shell utilizing SA-515-70 or SA-516-70 material.
E. Construct without the use of internal or external stiffener rings.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Connections:
1. Provide the connections listed below and locate them consistent with tank elevation and
piping plans and details shown on the Drawings.
a. One (1) 12" - flange at bottom for inlet connection.
b. One (1) 4" - flange at bottom for drain.
c. One (1) Probe assembly within sightglass enclosure.
d. One (1) 1" - FNPT coupling in top for air supply piping.
e. One (1) 2" FNPT coupling in top for safety pressure relief valve.
f. One (1) 2" FNPT coupling in top of tank for manual vacuum relief of tank.
g. Two (2) 1" FNPT coupling in end of tank for gauge glass accessories.
h. One (1) Duplex receptacle within sightglass enclosure.
2. All flanges shall be 150# standard type ANSI B16.5, raised face type, forged of
Specification SA-181 steel.
3. All screwed couplings shall be 3000# half or full couplings of forged carbon steel meeting
SPECIFICATION SA-105 and FNPT threads complying with the latest standards of
AMSO B2.2.1.
B. Supports and Anchors:
1. Provide two center web type saddle assemblies with wear plates.
2. Provide anchor bolts for embedment in concrete supports and for anchoring saddle
assemblies to said supports.
C. Access Hatches:
1. Provide one (1) 14” X 18” elliptical flanged manway.
2. Provide one (1) 30" flanged manway complete with davit.
D. ASME Name Plate:
1. Said name plate shall be permanently attached to tank.
E. Pressure Relief Valve:
1. Provide one 2 inch relief valve of brass construction.
2. Pressure Rating: 150 psi.
3. Relief Pressure: 90 psi.
F. Shut Off Valves:
1. Provide bronze gate valves rated for 150 psi service at each site gauge connection and at
pressure gauge connection.
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 4 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
G. Site Glass:
1. Provide 3/4 inch site glass for monitoring air/water interface.
2. Extend gauge 2 ft. above and 4ft. below centerline of tank.
3. Mount inside gauge enclosure.
H. Pressure Gauge:
1. Provide one pressure gauge with 4 in. face and 0 - 160 psi scale.
2. Connect to upper site gauge connection inside gauge enclosure.
I. Site Glass and Gauge Enclosure:
1. Provide one gauge glass enclosure 2'-6" wide and 8'-0" high, complete with gasketed
door and lockable hasp. Fabricate enclosure and door with 1/4" plate steel and seal weld
to head of vessel.
J. Level Probes Assembly:
1. Provide one 3 in. flange mounted double probe assembly for control of air supply to
hydropneumatic tank.
2. End of shorter probe to be approximately 6 inches above center line of tank.
3. End of longer probe to be approximately 6 inches below center line of tank.
K. Strip Heater.
1. Provide 120 v. strip heater with thermostat to prevent freezing of site gauge.
2. Install inside gauge enclosure.
2.03 AIR COMPRESSION UNIT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Champion
2. Or approved equal.
B. Air Compressor:
1. Air cooled unit, mounted on a 80 gallon receiver tank, with beltguard aftercooler, splash
lubricated oil system, and oil free air output.
2. Air compressor must be capable of delivering minimum of 2.5 scfm of air at 90 psi.
3. Mount high strength ductile iron crankshaft on tapered roller bearings, and forged
aluminum connecting rods with replaceable bearing inserts and piston pin bushings.
4. Rate for continuous duty and operating speed shall not exceed 1,800 rpm.
C. Compressor Motor:
1. 5 hp, 230/460 v, 3-ph, 60 Hz, 1,800 rpm, ODP motor in accordance with Division 16.
2. Connect to compressor by V-belt drive with metal belt guard.
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 5 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
D. General Equipment:
1. Intake filter and silencer to clean incoming air and provide quiet operation of compressor
without restricting compressor intake.
2. Pressure gauge mounted on air receiver.
3. Safety valve mounted on air receiver.
4. Tank drain.
5. Flexible metal hose to connect tank discharge with air piping.
6. Shut-off valve on tank discharge line.
E. Control Equipment:
1. Control equipment to automatically maintain pressure within receiver tank between 55
and 65 psi.
2. Magnetic starter for controlling motor.
3. NEMA I control panel for each compressor.
a. Off-Automatic selector switch (door mounted).
b. Elapsed time meter (door mounted).
F. Accesories
1. One (1) low air pressure alarm switch, adjustable from 40 to 100 psi and with unpowered
Form C contacts for remote indication.
2. Pressure Reducing Valve:
a. Manufacturers
I. Parker Hannifin Corporation
II. C.A. Norgren Company
III. Or approved equal.
b. Adjustable output pressure of 0 to 100 psi with maximum 160 psi inlet pressure.
c. Downstream pressure gauge, 0 to 160 psi range.
3. Pressure Gauges:
a. Minimum pressure range of 0 to 160 psi and ball valve with handle at gauge
connection.
2.04 COATINGS
A. The tank shall be prepared, blasted, cleaned, primed, and finish coated on the outside and
inside by the Tank Manufacturer.
B. The interior and exterior coating system shall be in accordance with Section 09900.
C. Coatings shall also be NSF approved for potable water service.
D. All surface preparation and protective coating applications shall be completed at the
manufacturer's factory or shop.
HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK
Page 6 of 6 13213
09/10/20 O:\LAND\zC.A.G\Contracts\WWWBASESPECS\13213.doc
E. Surface preparation and coating applications shall be inspected at the factory by an NACE certified
technician.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install hydropneumatic tank in accordance with Drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and
approved submittals.
B. After completion of installation, disinfect tank in accordance with Section 01656.
END OF SECTION
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL
FDRT WflRTH VENTANA WATER PUIVIP STATIDN
�
�
r `�
_ ,�.ti....
?yirS� O� r •,'���
��
�. , � . + ���
.:� •. .
. _.�--- .................................s..... �i
RpBERT W. Y�UNCa �
... Y ....... . .... ............. .... ....'.: . �:
�;:, 58551 :' �:
o'•. t����$�0,. `��r
"`c�.��� ...... ._.0
—�..+�
��z� �
E-��X�3[�LFI,��C�I:E-'��_����fl��I�7:ji�i`�-�
SPEClFICATIQNS TABLE QF CaNTENTS
5PEC1 F1CATiO�VS.... .
QIVI5IDN 16 -- ELECTRICAL
PAGE N0.
Electri�al Work .................................................................................................................1 �012 - 1-4
Raceways...................... . . . . ...... ................................................................................�6114- 1-8
Conduit, Fi#tings and �odies .......................................................... .............15111 - 1-6
......................
54Q-Voft 6uilding Wire an� GabEe ....................................................................................1612fJ - 1-4
Device, Pull and ,]unctiar� Baxes ................................................................................... . 15131 - 1-2
Cabinets, �axes ar�d Fittings .. ....... ...............................................................�---.............1�135 - 1-5
WiringOevices . .. .. ..............................................................................�---.............1614� - 1-3
Electric Mators ...... ..... ... ........................................... ............... 1fi150 - 1-4
......••••••••••••
aisconnect 5wltches ............................................. ....................�-----�--.............. 16155-1- 3
Electri�al Identification .................................................................................................... .1fi195 - 1-B
Undergrour�d Quct Banks ............................... ...........................................164�2 - 1-3
� � ...............
Groursding..... . ..... ... ............................................................................. '16452-�-7
��ercurrent Pr�tecti�e �evices ..................................................................................... ..16475 - 1-8
Discannects and Circuit Breakers ....................................................................................16476 - 9-3
ELECTRICAL WORK
Page 1 of 4 16012
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16012 - Electrical Work.doc4
SECTION 16012
ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work shall include providing materials and equipment required for installation of complete
and functioning electrical system as specified and as shown on the drawings.
B. This section is an integral part of all Specification Sections related to electrical, control and
instrumentation construction under this contract. Conditions of this section are paramount to
all other conditions in applicable sections and shall supersede all other conditions and
requirements.
C. Electrical Control and Instrumentation Plans & Specifications are representative of the design
intent and may not contain minute details normally associated with normally accepted
electrical construction, as described in applicable codes or as described in manufacturer’s
literature. Contractor shall provide all appurtenances normally associated with a particular
equipment or device, and as required for a properly operating system.
D. Measurement and Payment for Electrical Items shall be as stipulated in the Bid Proposal. If
not stipulated in Bid, it will be considered incidental to the bid with No Separate Pay.
1.02 PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete electrical system. The control system shall
include but shall not be limited to all circuit breakers, motor starters, contactors, indicating
lights, selector switches, surge suppressors’, phase failure relays, elapsed time meters, alarm
lights and horn, push button, control transformer, interlock wiring, control piping, blocks,
valves, nameplates, and all other associated items required to provide a workable system.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Where submittals for a particular equipment, device or material item vary from that specified or
shown on plan drawings, and where that item is not specifically noted as acceptable and,
where installation of submitted item results in improper or undesirable operation of the system,
Contractor shall be liable for removal and/or replacement of that item with the item specified or
shown on plan drawings at no additional cost to Owner.
1.04 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate electrical power, telephone, data or special purpose line
installation with utility companies. Within 30 days after award of contract, Electrical contractor
shall contact utility company and owner and shall request service needed.
It is Electrical Contractors sole responsibility to assure that utility company and owner are
notified and are kept aware of requirements.
B. Contractor shall provide all conduit, conductors and termination equipment as needed for
ELECTRICAL WORK
Page 2 of 4 16012
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16012 - Electrical Work.doc4
utilities and shall coordinate with utility companies for installation requirements and shall
provide installation constructed according to the utility company standards whether or not such
is shown in detail or plans.
C. Electrical Contractor shall review all sections of the plans including Civil, Structural,
Mechanical, Instrumentation, Process, Architectural, and Electrical and shall note all electrical
and/or requirements for devices and equipment shown or implied, and shall provide service
accordingly for a complete operating electrical system.
D. Electrical Contractor shall provide all programming set-up, adjustments and testing of devices
or equipment included under this contract unless specifically excluded or unless equipment is
not provided by Electrical Contractor.
E. General Contractor is specifically responsible for coordination of all electrical systems, devices
and equipment provided or installed under this contract and shall assure that all requirements
by all trades are met such as to insure a complete and operating electrical, control, process or
instrumentation system.
F. Electrical Contractor shall be experienced with all types of electrical systems covered under
this contract. No work shall be undertaken where Contractor’s firm, project supervisors and
project electrical workers have not had recent experience in similar projects in area or project
location. Contractor will be required to furnish proof of experience where requested by Owner
or Engineer or their Representatives.
G. General Contractors Project Manager or his Assistant shall be familiar with types of electrical
construction required by this project in order to determine that all subcontractors work in
conformance with the plans and specifications.
H. Contractor shall assure that all systems have been properly installed, adjusted and tested
prior to final inspection, unless, Engineer has been duly notified in writing that certain
equipments are not ready for final testing and such is acceptable with Engineer.
I. Contractor shall fully inspect all motors and nameplates, controls, conduit, wiring devices and
other items before starting work, ordering materials or submitting shop drawings in order to
verify existing conditions are as shown on plans and shall immediately notify Engineer of any
discrepancies between plans & specifications and existing conditions. Failure to do so may
result in responsibility for any required changes in construction.
J. At completion of project and before final inspection, Contractor shall provide the Electrical
Engineer with full size blue prints, red-lined to reflect the “As-Built” electrical installation. Any
variation from plans shall be shown on each applicable plan sheet.
K. When work involves modifications or additions to existing plant, Contractor shall make
provisions for continuous electrical service thru normal power or standby generator power.
Where standby generator exists but, will be temporarily out of service during construction,
Contractor shall provide substitute generator power for duration of outage. In no event shall
plant be without operating power or, without standby generator service where generator
exists. Include all transfer switches, fuel tank, fuel, attendance and appurtenances required
for a complete power system as needed for interim plant operation.
L. Where work involves additions, modification, demolition or renovations to existing facilities,
Contractor shall remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new
construction.
ELECTRICAL WORK
Page 3 of 4 16012
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16012 - Electrical Work.doc4
M. Provide electrical circuits to all equipment as required by manufacturer. Verify location and
characteristics of all equipment shown on plans and in specifications and size circuits
accordingly.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials provided under all sections of the specifications shall be new and the standard
products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. All
materials shall conform to the National Electrical Code and shall be approved and listed by the
Underwriters’ Laboratories. Materials described by manufacturer’s name and catalog number
are selected to set a definite standard of design and quality to be required. There is not any
intention to discriminate against a product of another manufacturer which is equally durable in
construction, similar in design, and will serve the purpose for which it is intended. Within 30
days after award of the contract and before any materials and equipment are placed on order,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a complete list including catalog
numbers and descriptive matter, of all materials and equipment he proposes to provide.
B. Materials and equipment specifications are general in coverage and may contain reference to
construction items that apply in only particular situations and may not apply as a general rule
for materials installed on this project.
C. Outdoor equipment shall not have exposed devices or controls. The outer door shall cover all
such items.
2.02 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Electrical plans and specifications are not intended to discriminate against any particular
manufacturer. Specific values shown for a particular manufacturers product may vary slightly
for another product. The Electrical Engineer reserves the right to interpret the electrical
specifications and to make judgement as to acceptance of a product, regardless of minute
details in the specifications or on the Plans.
B. Specifications shall be reviewed for applicability of materials under certain conditions and in
certain environments and, where not shown otherwise on plan drawings. These application
directions shall be adhered to.
C. Where a particular reference on drawing plans does not conform to standard acceptable
construction methods for a particular type project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Engineer and request a clarification before ordering materials or starting construction.
D. Plans are general in nature and may not show minute details of existing conditions or
proposed work. Existing conditions may include undocumented buried pipes, conduits and
structures that lie in the route, or at location, of equipment or conduit installation required for
this project. These uncertainties shall be accounted for in the Contractors Bid. Contractor
shall adjust conduit routes, equipment pads and equipment mountings, as required, for a
satisfactory installation for the conditions imposed and at no additional cost to the Owner.
E. Where Civil Site Plan Drawings are included in the construction plans, scale only the Civil
drawings for material take off purposes. Electrical site plan drawings shall only be scaled
when "Scalable Drawing" appears on the drawing sheets.
ELECTRICAL WORK
Page 4 of 4 16012
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16012 - Electrical Work.doc4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
All wiring shall be installed in accordance with current NEC and local codes. Conduits
exposed to the weather shall be rigid galvanized steel (RGS) or, as noted on plans. Conduit
placed underground shall be red concrete encased schedule 40 PVC or, as noted on plans.
Field select routing of conduits to avoid underground piping, conduit or structures that may be
shown on plans. Adjust route of electrical conduits and ductbanks below proposed or existing
buried piping. Provide minimum 24" clearance vertically and horizontally. This work shall be
performed in a satisfactory manner and at no additional cost to Owner.
A fish wire shall be left in all conduits in which the permanent wiring is not installed.
All fixtures, switch, and receptacle locations shall be approved by Engineer.
Refer to other sections of this specification for controls. Under this section of the
specifications, the Contractor shall install the control devices and provide control wiring
switches, outlet boxes, and shall make all final connections. Control wiring and interlocks
shall conform to wiring diagrams furnished by equipment manufacturers.
The Contractor shall provide services of his Engineer or a factory trained technician to instruct
plant operating personnel for a period of at least one (1) full day after completion of the
contract work.
3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
All underground conduits shall be buried to a minimum depth of 24-inches below finished
grade. All trenches shall be uniform width and shall be backfilled and compacted to 95% that
of original density. Any damage to underground conduits caused by other Contractors shall
be repaired by this Contractor and shall be compensated accordingly by the party or parties
responsible for the damage.
3.03 CLEAN UP
The Contractor shall upon completion of the work, remove all materials, empty containers, and
any other materials that are not incorporated into the work.
END OF SECTION
RACEWAYS
Page 1 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Raceways:
a. Galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRS).
b. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). (Not Applicable)
c. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) externally coated galvanized rigid steel conduit
(CGRS).
d. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).
e. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
f. Rigid nonmetallic polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC).
g. Wireway (WW).
h. Surface raceways (SR).
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Underfloor Conduits.
1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building
floor. This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
B. Duct Bank Conduits
1. Conduits which run under ground outside perimeter of building walls, This may
consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
C. Underground Conduits
1. Underground conduits are both underfloor conduits and duct bank conduits.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Submittals are not required if Contractor supplies materials or equipment of specified or
named manufacturers. If Contractor proposes substitutions to material or equipment of
specified or named manufacturers, submittals identified below are required.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
RACEWAYS
Page 2 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with NECA "Standard of Installation."
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5.
C. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.
D. Flexible Metal Conduit: Zinc-coated steel.
E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. Rigid Nonmetallic Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC.
B. PVC Conduit Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit type and material.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Fittings for steel conduits:
1. Cast aluminum or malleable iron with galvanized finish.
2. Synthetic inserts for sealing or insulation as required.
3. Comply with ANSI C80.4.
4. Comply with NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit materials.
B. Conduit bodies:
1. Malleable iron with galvanized finish.
C. Fittings for liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
1. Insulated throat type.
2. One piece sealing "O" rings with connectors when entering boxes or enclosures.
2.04 WIREWAYS
A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireway as required for
complete system.
RACEWAYS
Page 3 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
C. Select features where not otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with current NEC.
D. Wireway Covers:
1. Hinged type for dry locations.
2. Bolted cover with gasket for wet locations.
E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish unless other wise noted.
2.05 SURFACE RACEWAY
A. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that
match and mate with raceway.
B. Surface Metal Raceway: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's
standard prime coating suitable for painting or coating.
2.06 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND
A. Non-hardening, putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35˚F.
B. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300˚F and shall readily adhere to clean surfaces
of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths,
cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, wireways, and fittings for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway system.
B. Coordinate layout and installation of raceway and boxes with other construction elements to
ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access.
3.02 WIRING METHODS
A. Outdoors, Damp or Wet Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted on
Drawings:
1. Exposed: Galvanized rigid steel.
2. Concealed: Galvanized rigid steel.
3. Underground Power, Single Run: Rigid nonmetallic (PVC) conduit.
a. Concrete encased except for area lighting branch circuits or as otherwise
noted on Drawings.
4. Underground Power, Grouped: Rigid nonmetallic (PVC) conduit.
a. Concrete encased.
RACEWAYS
Page 4 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
5. Underground Shielded Instrumentation Cables, Single Run or Grouped: Galvanized
rigid steel.
a. Concrete encased.
6. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (including transformers and hydraulic, pneumatic,
or electric solenoid or motor-driven equipment): Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
B. Indoor Dry Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted.
1. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (including transformers and hydraulic, pneumatic,
or electric solenoid or motor-driven equipment): Flexible metal conduit.
2. Steel conduit.
3. Exposed: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
4. Concealed: Electrical metallic tubing.
C. Unless specifically indicated otherwise on Drawings, use galvanized rigid steel for general
wiring.
D. Encase galvanized rigid steel conduits installed underground in at least 3 in. of concrete. PVC
conduit may be used without encasing in concrete for underfloor conduit or where specifically
indicated on Drawings.
1. Underground conduit shall be minimum of 1 in., buried at depth of not less than 24 in.
below grade.
2. Provide conduits or ducts terminating below grade with means to prevent entry of dirt
and moisture.
E. In precast areas, run conduits in insulation space or in floor topping without crossing conduits,
using 3/4 in. maximum conduit size.
F. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and
leave at least 1 inch (25 mm) concrete cover.
1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete
placement.
2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.
3. Run conduit larger than 1-in. trade size parallel to or at right angles to main
reinforcement and spaced on center of at least 3 times conduit trade dia. with
minimum 2 in. concrete covering.
4. When at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support.
G. Install nonferrous conduit for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceway is
installed for such circuits and it passes through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve.
1. Do not install aluminum conduit embedded in or in contact with concrete.
3.03 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY
A. Install separate green ground conductor in raceway from junction box supplying raceway to
receptacle or fixture ground terminals.
B. Select each surface metal raceway outlet box to which lighting fixture is attached to be of
sufficient diameter to provide seat for fixture canopy.
RACEWAYS
Page 5 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
C. Where surface metal raceway is used to supply fluorescent lighting fixture having central stem
suspension with backplate and canopy (with or without extension ring), backplate and canopy
will serve as outlet box and no separate outlet box need be provided.
D. Provide surface metal raceway outlet box, in addition to backplate and canopy, at feed-in
location of each fluorescent lighting fixture having end stem suspension.
E. Where surface metal raceway extension is made from an existing outlet box on which lighting
fixture is installed (provide a backplate slightly smaller than fixture canopy), no additional
surface mounted outlet box need be installed.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Conceal raceways by enclosing within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise
indicated
B. Install two spare 1-in. conduits from top of each flush mounted panelboard to area above
ceiling for future use. On flush mounted panelboards located on first and higher level floors,
provide two spare 1-in. conduits from bottom of panelboard to ceiling area of floor below for
future use.
C. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot
water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
D. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom.
E. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
F. Support raceway with approved methods.
G. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceway.
H. Run concealed raceways with minimum of bends in shortest practical distance considering
type of building construction and obstructions, except as otherwise indicated.
I. Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural
members, and follow surface contours as much as practical.
1. Mount exposed horizontal runs as high above floor as possible, and in no case lower
than 7 feet above floors, walkways, or platforms in passage areas.
2. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical.
3. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same center line to make bends parallel.
Use factory elbows only where they can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field
bends for parallel raceways.
J. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for purpose and make joints tight.
1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections
subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight.
2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
K. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool.
RACEWAYS
Page 6 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
L. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceway to
enter squarely, and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Use two locknuts,
one inside and one outside the box. Use insulating bushings. Provide insulated grounding
bushings to terminate ground wire.
M. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end
bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway
so the coupling is square to box, and tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
N. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use monofilament plastic line having not less than 200-lb
(90 kg) tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull
wire.
O. Telephone and Signal System Raceways 2-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: In addition to above
requirements, install in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with maximum of two 90-deg
bends or equivalent. Install pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these
requirements.
P. PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: Use only fittings approved for use
with that material. Patch nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit.
3.05 CONDUIT STUB-UPS
A. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved
portion of bends is not visible above finished slab.
B. Transition under floor conduit to galvanized rigid steel conduit, before rising above floor. Wrap
with plastic tape to provide 40 mil thick cover to height of 6 in. above floor.
C. Stub-Up Connections: Extend conduits for connection to freestanding equipment with an
adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs, and set flush with finished floor. Extend
conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used starting at
6 inches (150 mm) above floor. Where equipment connections are not made under this
Contract, install screwdriver-operated threaded flush plugs, flush with floor.
3.06 CONDUIT BENDS
A. Make bends and offsets so inside diameter is not reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep
legs of bend in same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel.
B. Provide NEMA standard conduit bends, except for conduits containing 5 kV and 15 kV cables.
C. Provide large radius conduit bends for conduits containing 5 kV and 15 kV cables as follows:
Conduit Trade Size Bend Radius
2" - 2 ½" 24"
3" - 4" 36"
5" - 6" 48"
1. Where physical limitations do not permit use of above, conduit bends with radius of at
8 times diameter of largest cable passing through conduit may be used.
RACEWAYS
Page 7 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A. Use maximum of 6 feet (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting
fixtures.
B. Terminate conduits at motor terminal boxes, motor operated valve stations or pipe-mounted
instruments and other equipment subject to vibration with maximum of 3 feet (915mm)
liquidtight flexible metal conduit, unless other wise shown on Drawings.
C. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp locations.
D. Install separate ground conductor inside flexible conduit connections.
3.08 FITTINGS
A. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings
at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound.
Install raceway sealing fittings at following points and elsewhere as indicated:
1. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations.
2. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations, such as boundaries of
refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces.
3. Where otherwise required by current NEC.
B. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location. For GRS, use
threaded galvanized rigid steel conduit fittings, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Install automatic breather drain fittings according to manufacturers written instructions. Locate
fittings to drain conduit system and prevent condensate from entering device enclosures.
Install automatic breather drain fittings at following points and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Where vertical seals are installed.
2. Low points in conduit system.
3. Below field instruments at junction of flexible and rigid conduit.
4. Where otherwise required by current NEC.
D. Install wall entrance seal as dictated by application where conduits pass through foundation
walls below grade.
E. Install conduit expansion fittings complete with bonding jumper in following locations.
1. Conduit runs crossing structural expansion joint.
2. Conduit runs attached to two separate structures.
3. Conduit runs where movement perpendicular to axis of conduit may be encountered.
F. Where conduit passes from inside of building to outdoors, it shall be firmly packed at fitting
nearest wall line with Johns-Manville Duxseal to depth of at least one inch after wires and
cables are pulled in; or, if conduit enters directly into equipment, it shall be fitted with seal and
drain fitting to prevent water entering equipment.
RACEWAYS
Page 8 of 8 16110
12/4/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16110.doc8
3.09 GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts,
according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment
connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten
connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL 486A.
B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in manner acceptable to manufacturer and
Installer, to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at
Substantial Completion.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touch-up coating
recommended by manufacturer.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation of system, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish,
including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 1 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specification for conduit, fittings and bodies.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
1. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated.
2. ANSI C80.4: Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit.
B. Federal Specifications.
1. W-C-58C: Conduit Outlet Boxes, Bodies Aluminum and Malleable Iron.
2. W-C-1094: Conduit and Conduit Fittings Plastic, Rigid.
3. WW-C-566C: Flexible Metal Conduit.
4. WW-C-581D: Coatings on Steel Conduit.
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
1. NEMA RN1: Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit
and Electrical Metallic Tubing.
2. NEMA TC2: Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80).
3. NEMA TC3: PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
E. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).
1. UL 1: Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit.
2. UL 6: Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit.
3. UL 514B: Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes.
4. UL 651: Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.
5. UL 651A: Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit.
6. UL 886: Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data, with selected products clearly marked.
2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure.
3. Instruction for handling and storage.
4. Dimensions and weight.
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 2 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests.
1. Rigid steel conduit shall pass the bending, ductility, and thickness of zinc coating tests
described by ANSI C80.1.
2. Flexible conduit shall pass the tension, flexibility, impact, and zinc coating test
described by UL 1.
3. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall pass the test requirements of NEMA TC2, UL
651 and 651A and Federal Specification W-C-1094A.
1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Package conduit in 10-foot bundles maximum with conduit and coupling thread protectors
suitable for indoor and outdoor storage. Package fittings in manufacturer's standard quantities
and packaging suitable for indoor storage. Package plastic-coated rigid conduit, fittings, and
bodies in such a manner as to protect the coating from damage during shipment and storage.
B. Store conduit above ground on racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of debris.
C. Protect plastic conduit from sunlight.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Rigid Steel Conduit.
1. Allied Tube and Conduit
2. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc.
3. Wheatland Tube Company
B. PVC Coated Steel Conduit.
1. Occidental Coating Company (O-Cal Blue)
2. Robroy Industries, Inc. (Rob-Roy Red)
C. PVC Rigid Conduit.
1. Cantex
2. Carlon Industries, Inc.
3. Robroy Industries, Inc.
D. Conduit Fittings and Bodies.
1. Appleton Electric
2. Crouse-Hinds
3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company
4. O-Z/Gedney
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 3 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
E. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit.
1. Anamet, Inc.
2. Electriflex Company
3. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Design Conditions. Use electrical conduit, fittings, and bodies designed for service in areas as
specified within this section to form a continuous support system for power, control, and
instrument cables.
B. Conduit and Fittings
1. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings.
a. Rigid steel conduit, rigid steel conduit bends, nipples, and bodies shall be hot-
dipped galvanized and shall comply with the latest ANSI C80.1, UL 6, Federal
Specification WW-C-581D, and NEC Article 346-15.
b. Mild steel tubing shall be used for conduit, nipples, and couplings, and shall
be free of defects on both the inner and outer surfaces.
c. Fittings, bodies, and covers for rigid steel conduit shall be steel or cast-iron
and shall comply with ANSI C80.4, UL 514B, and Federal Specification W-C-
58C.
2. PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings.
a. PVC-coated conduit, fittings, bodies, and covers shall conform to NEMA RN1
(Type A). Rigid steel galvanized conduit and fittings before coating shall
conform to Federal Specification WW-C-581D, ANSI C80.1, and UL 6.
Conduit bodies shall conform to UL 514B and Federal Specification W-C-58C.
Provide sufficient coating for touch up after installation.
b. PVC-coated couplings shall be of the ribbed type.
c. Condulet covers shall have encapsulated stainless steel thumb screws.
d. Condulets and covers shall be of mallable iron or feraloy material before
coating.
e. PVC coating shall be a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior of the
conduit and the interior of fittings, condulets, covers and bodies.
3. Flexible and Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings.
a. Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1
and Federal Specification WW-C-566C.
b. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be the PVC- coated
type and of such design as to thoroughly ground the conduit to the fittings,
and through it to the box or enclosure to which it is attached.
c. Flexible couplings and fittings for use in hazardous areas shall comply with
UL 886, NEC Article 501-4 (a&b), and Federal Specification W-C-586C.
4. PVC Conduit and Fittings. Use PVC conduit, bends, and fittings, which comply with
NEMA TC2, W-C-A, and NEC Article 347-17 for above ground and underground
installation. Conduit shall be schedule 40.
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 4 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Confirm submittal of shop drawing with conduit and conduit fitting, sizes, types and routing
shown.
B. Ensure that the conduit system to be installed is sized properly for the cable and wire
requirements.
C. Verify the actual physical conduit route from the conduit plan drawings and prepare the
conduit support system.
D. Verify the equipment locations to which the conduit will be connected and determine detail
requirements for connections.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install PVC-coated conduits; inside valve vaults; in wet well slabs; and in corrosive and wet
environments.
B. Install rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduits in dry inside locations only.
C. Install PVC conduits in duct banks. For stub-ups, use PVC-coated rigid steel elbows.
D. Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceilings or main structural members.
Group multiple conduits together where possible. Do not install conduit where it interferes
with the use of passageways, doorways, overhead cranes, monorails, equipment removal
areas or working areas. In no case shall conduit routing present a safety hazard or interfere
with normal plant operating and maintenance procedures. Maintain a minimum overhead
clearance of 8'-0" in passageways.
E. Installation and support of conduit shall be from steel or concrete structures in accordance
with the standard detail drawings. Furnish necessary conduit straps, clamps, fittings and
support for the conduit in accordance with the standard details and consistent with the grade
and type of conduit being installed.
F. Identify conduit at termination points like MCC, light fixtures, control panels, receptacles, and
junction boxes.
G. Not more than 3 equivalent 90 degree bends will be permitted between outlets. Provide
bonded expansion fittings at building expansion joints.
H. Install conduit runs so that they are mechanically secure, mechanically protected from
physical harm, electrically continuous, and neat in appearance. The interiors of conduit shall
provide clean, smooth raceways through which conductors may he drawn without damage to
the insulation. Make threaded connections wrench tight.
I. Cut conduit square with a power saw or a rotary type conduit cutter designed to leave a flat
face. Do not use plumbing pipe cutters for cutting conduit. Ream the cut ends of conduit with
a reamer, designed for the purpose to eliminate rough edges and burrs. Cut threads with
standard conduit dies providing 3/4-inch taper per foot, allowing the proper length so that
joints and terminals may be made up tight and the ends of the conduit not deformed. Keep
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 5 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
dies sharp and use a good quality threading oil continuously during the threading operation.
Remove metal cuttings and oil from the conduit ends after the threads are cut and paint
threads before connections are made. Use zinc rich, brush-on compound on the threads of
steel conduit before connections are made. Use only tools specifically made for bending and
installing PVC-coated or PVC conduit when installating these materials.
J. Use strap wrenches only to tighten joints in plastic coated rigid steel conduit. Replace all
conduit and fittings with damage to the plastic coating, such as cuts, nicks and threader chuck
jaw marks.
K. Make up changes in direction of conduit using elbows or fittings. Do not use pull boxes to
make direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise.
L. Field fabricated bends shall be free of indentations or elliptical sections. The radius of the
bend shall not be less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway.
M. Protect all conduit terminations from mechanical injury. Prevent the entry of moisture and
foreign mater into the conduit system by properly capping terminations.
N. Avoid trapped runs of conduit, if possible. When they are necessary, provide drainage using a
"tee" condulet equipped with a drain. Conduit is likely to pass through areas with a
temperature differential of 20 degrees F or more. Seal penetrations with a proper seal fitting
at the wall or barrier between such areas. For conduit passing through walls separating
pressurized areas from non-pressurized areas, install sealing fittings at the wall on the non-
pressurized side.
O. Fit conduit crossing building or structure expansion joints with approved expansion fittings,
except that fittings will not be required when conduit crossing an expansion joint is supported
on trapeze hangers in such a way that at no time will the conduit be under stress due to
expansion. Install bonding jumpers around expansion joint fittings.
P. Where conduit terminates in sheet metal enclosures and where no threaded hubs are
provided, fit the conduit with double locknuts and bushings. Sheet metal enclosures located
outside or in any other wet, damp or corrosive areas shall be furnished with threaded hubs.
Restrict side penetrations to the lower one third of the enclosure.
Q. Provide flexible metallic conduit where necessary to allow for movement or to localize sound
or vibration, at transformers, at motors and any other rotating equipment unless shown
otherwise on Drawings.
R Seal openings or holes where conduits pass through walls or floors. When conduits are
passing through a firewall or fire-rated floor into different rooms, cabinets, or enclosures, use a
fire-rated seal as shown in the typical detail included in the Drawings. Certain walls, as
indicated on the Drawings, require environmental (air-tight) seals; seal as shown.
S. Install explosion-proof seals in conduit runs crossing or entering a hazardous classified area,
as shown on Drawings. Install type CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal pump cables in
the wet well and at the first junction box outside the well.
T. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install expansion fittings every 300 feet within a
straight conduit run and where conduit crosses building expansion joints, using bonding straps
to ensure ground continuity.
CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES
Page 6 of 6 16111
12/4/14
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16111.doc
U. Parallel runs of conduit may be supported by structural steel racks. When two or more racks
are arranged one above the other, provide vertical separation of not less than 12 inches
between racks, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Space conduits on the racks at
least enough to provide 1/4-inch clearance between hubs on adjacent conduits at terminations
and to allow room for fittings.
V. Fill conduit racks no more than 75 percent of their capacity, providing usable space for future
conduit. To ensure this, conduits leaving the rack horizontally shall be offset up or down so
that future conduits may be installed in the space remaining. Construct conduit racks to
permit access for wire or cable pulling at all pull points, even when future conduits are added
to fill the racks.
W. Where conduit racks are supported on rods from beam clamps or by some other non-rigid
suspension system, install rigid supports at no more than 50-foot intervals to give lateral
stability to the rack.
X. Conduit racks or hangers must in no way interfere with machinery (or its operation), piping,
structural members, process equipment, or access to anticipated future equipment. Refer to
architectural, structural, equipment layout and piping drawings to ensure that this requirement
is met. Label high voltage conduit with the circuit phase-to-phase voltage by means of a firmly
attached tag or label of approved design at each conduit termination, on each side of walls or
barriers pierced and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet along the entire length of the conduit.
Y. Support conduit sizes 2 inches and larger at spacings not exceeding 10 feet and conduit sizes
1-1/2 inches and smaller at spacings not exceeding 8 feet.
Z. The means of fastening conduit to supports shall be: by one hole malleable iron conduit
straps secured by wood screws to wood and by bolts with expansion anchors to concrete or
masonry; by "Korn" clamps or U-bolts to other surfaces. Use "clamp backs" when strapping
conduits to walls, column faces, or other such surfaces.
AA. Support conduit runs with conduit clamps, hangers, straps and metal framing channel
attached to structural steel members. Conduits of 1-1/2 inch size or less may be supported by
one-hole conduit straps on concrete, tile or steel work, but for larger size conduit, use 2-hole
straps. Use clamps of galvanized malleable iron for rigid galvanized conduit and PVC-coated
or stainless steel for PVC-coated conduit. Metal framing channel straps used for PVC-coated
conduit shall be type 3/16 stainless steel.
AB. Install conduits supported from building walls with at least 1/4-inch clearance from the wall to
prevent the accumulation of dirt and moisture behind conduit.
AC. Size and space embedded conduits in structural slabs in accordance with the Uniform Building
Code. Conduits should occupy no more than one-third the thickness of the slab and should
not be closer than 3 times the largest diameter on center without additional reinforcement.
END OF SECTION
600-VOLT BUILDING
WIRE AND CABLE
Page 1 of 4 16120
4/10/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16120.doc
SECTION 16120
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA),
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 310 - Conductors for General Wiring.
B. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL)
1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables
2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires
2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Soft
D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA), ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire
and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-5).
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following for Engineer’s approval.
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
2. Instruction for handling and storage
3. Dimensions and weight
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests. Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where
cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one
continuous length of cable.
Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel.
Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable
self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable.
600-VOLT BUILDING
WIRE AND CABLE
Page 2 of 4 16120
4/10/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16120.doc
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. American Insulated Wire Corporation
B. Carol Cable Company, Inc.
C. General Cable Company
D. Okonite Company
E. Rome Cable Company
F. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc.
G. Service Wire Company
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THHN or XHHW single conductor type and UL
83 and UL 1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum
conductor temperature of 90 degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in wet locations
while installed in underground duct, conduit or in control panels (MTW).
B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed un-coated
copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B3 and B8 and Part 2 of
ICEA S-61-402.
C. Insulation. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the
requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the
dimensions listed in NEC Table 310-13 for type THHN and THWN wire.
D. Wire Marking
1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with NEC Article 310-11 and shall be printed on
the wire insulation at 2-foot intervals.
2. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall sharply contrast with
the jacket color.
E. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows:
System Voltage A B C Neutral
120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w Black Red White
120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White
120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White
277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Grey
Motor Control 1 Black
2 Red
3 Blue
Ground Green
600-VOLT BUILDING
WIRE AND CABLE
Page 3 of 4 16120
4/10/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16120.doc
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing cables.
B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables.
C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel.
D. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Wiring Methods
1. Use wiring methods indicated on the Drawings
2. In general, use THHN/THWN or XHHW building wire for lighting, power and control
wiring were conductors are enclosed in raceways such as above ground conduit
system, underground duct banks, or inside control panels.
3. Do not use solid conductors.
4. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for lighting circuits.
5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits, except when part of
a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring.
6. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the Engineer.
7. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without
approval.
8. Make splices in accessible junction boxes.
9. Use wire nuts with insulated caps for lighting wiring splices. Splice control circuit with
insulated crimp connectors.
B. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank
1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Chapter 3 -
Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum
insulation pressure and minimum bending radius.
2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants
must not be harmful to the conductor insulation.
C. Single Conductor in Cable Tray
1. Do not install single conductor building wire and cable in cable tray.
D. Preparation for Termination
1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and
seals.
2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp-on type.
3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp-on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole
tongues except in places where termination space is limited.
600-VOLT BUILDING
WIRE AND CABLE
Page 4 of 4 16120
4/10/14 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16120.doc
E. Tests
1. In general, test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating.
2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation.
3. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in
accordance with the operating instructions.
F. Termination
1. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results, reconnect
wire.
END OF SECTION
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 1 of 2 16131
5/31/12 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\OMK Specs\16131 - Device Pull & Junction Boxes.doc
SECTION 16131
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for device, pull, and junction boxes.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA).
1. FB1 - Fittings and Support for Conduits and Cable Assemblies
2. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum)
B. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA),
NFPA70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) - Article 370 - Outlet Device, Pull and Junction
Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings.
C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):
1. 50 - Safety Cabinets and Boxes
2. 508 - Safety Industrial Control Equipment
3. 514B - Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
4. 886 - Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Areas
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data
2. Instruction for handling and storage
3. Installation instructions
4. Dimensions and weights
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Pack and crate boxes to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage
during shipping, handling and storage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Sheet Metal Boxes
1. Hoffman Industrial Products
2. Pauluhn Electric Manufacturing Company
3. Hennessy
4. Tanco
5. Tejas
6. Circle A.W.
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 2 of 2 16131
5/31/12 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\OMK Specs\16131 - Device Pull & Junction Boxes.doc
B. Cast Device Boxes
1. Appleton Electric Company
2. Crouse-Hinds, Division of Cooper Industries
3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Sheet Metal Boxes
1. Provide UL-approved junction boxes and pull boxes manufactured from stainless steel
sheet metal and meeting requirements of NEMA 4XSS for corrosive and wet area,
NEMA 250 and NEC Article 370.
2. Provide boxes with a stainless steel continuous hinge, closure hasps and all- stainless
steel hardware.
3. Furnish the door with neoprene gasket and provision for padlock.
B. Device Boxes
1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical devices
like receptacles and switches, and in conformance with NEMA FB1 and NEC Article
370.
2. Supply boxes that are hot-dip galvanized on cast iron suitable for corrosive and 0 wet
atmosphere.
C. Hardware
1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel
2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and check if
supplied quantity is sufficient.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas, both
inside and outside locations.
B. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 370 in locations indicated on the Drawings.
C. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls, maintenance
and repair.
D. Plug unused conduit openings.
E. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors.
END OF SECTION
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
3/27/13 Page 1 of 5 16135
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16135.doc
SECTION 16135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Outlet and device boxes.
2. Pull and junction boxes.
3. Floor boxes and service fittings.
4. Cabinets.
5. Hinged door enclosures.
6. Boxes and fittings for hazardous locations.
B. Conduit-body-type electrical enclosures and wiring fittings are specified in Section 16110.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A167-91 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-
Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
B. Underwriter's Laboratory (UL):
1. UL 50-88 - UL Standard for Safety Cabinets and Boxes.
2. UL 514A-91 - UL Standard for Safety Metallic Outlet Boxes.
3. UL 514B-89 - UL Standard for Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes.
4. UL 886-85- UL Standard for Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous
(Classified) Locations.
C. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA ICS 6-88 - Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems.
2. NEMA OS 1-89 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports.
3. NEMA 250-85- Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1,000 v maximum).
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Cabinets: Enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having frame, or
trim in which door or doors may be mounted.
B. Device Box: Outlet box designed to house receptacle device or wiring box designed to house
switch.
C. Enclosure: Box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components.
D. Hinged Door Enclosure: Enclosure designed for surface mounting and having swinging doors
or covers secured directly to and telescoping with walls of box.
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
3/27/13 Page 2 of 5 16135
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16135.doc
E. Outlet Box: Wiring enclosure where current is taken from wiring system to supply utilization
equipment.
F. Wiring Box: Enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for mounting of
indicating devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Product Data: Submit for cabinets and enclosures with classification higher than NEMA 1.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit to Engineer for approval.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). Term
1. Term"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS, GENERAL
A. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated types, sizes, and NEMA enclosure
classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for use
and location. Provide items complete with covers and accessories required for intended use.
Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. Use either Nema 1A or Nema 12 in Nema
1 areas.
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and
zinc plated items.
B. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: 316 Stainless steel screws and hardware.
C. Fittings for Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Conduit hubs, bushings
and box connectors to be 316SS in all areas.
D. Finishes:
1. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as
otherwise indicated.
2. Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel.
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
3/27/13 Page 3 of 5 16135
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16135.doc
2.03 METAL OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES
A. General:
1. Conform to UL 514A and UL 514B.
2. Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth to suit each location and application.
B. Stainless Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS 1. Boxes shall be 316 stainless steel with
stamped knockouts, threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including
mounting brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and fixture studs.
C. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Aluminum, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features
and accessories suitable for each location, including mounting ears, threaded screw holes for
devices and closure plugs.
2.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. General: Comply with UL 50 for boxes over 100 cu in. volume. Boxes shall have screwed or
bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application.
B. Stainless Steel Boxes: Flat rolled, code gauge, stainless steel with welded seams. Where
necessary to provide rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing where
necessary. Cover shall be gasketed. Fabricate of 316 stainless steel conforming to Type 302
of ASTM A167.
C. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Molded of cast Aluminum with gasketed cover and integral threaded
conduit entrances.
D. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal or cast nonmetallic boxes conforming to
UL 886 listed and labeled for use in specific location classification, and with specific
hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type.
2.05 CABINETS
A. Comply with Plans.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and
installation conditions.
B. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs.
C. Sizes shall be adequate to meet current NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller
than sizes indicated.
D. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel.
3.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
3/27/13 Page 4 of 5 16135
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16135.doc
of materials and NEMA types for each location in conformance with following requirements
unless otherwise noted:
1. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet steel, NEMA type 1 approved for flush mounted boxes
and cast aluminum boxes with threaded conduit hubs for surface mounting.
2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Cast aluminum, NEMA Type 4X.
3. Wet Locations: Cast Aluminum, NEMA type 4X enclosures.
4. Corrosive Locations: PVC, NEMA type 4X enclosures.
5. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Cast Aluminum NEMA type listed and labeled for
location and class of hazard indicated.
B. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable
for each location.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES
A. Gasketed Boxes: At following locations use cast metal, threaded hub type boxes with
gasketed weatherproof covers:
1. Exterior locations.
2. Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere.
3. Where indicated.
B. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with long axis vertical or as indicated. Mount
boxes for receptacles vertically. Gang boxes shall be mounted with long axis horizontal.
C. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap.
D. Set boxes in concealed conduit runs, flush with wall surfaces, with or without covers as
required.
E. Set outlet boxes parallel to construction, securely mounted and adjusted to set true and flush
with finished surface.
F. Provide outlet box divider barriers between 277/480 v and 120/240 v devices as required and
per current NEC.
3.04 OUTLET BOX LOCATIONS
A. Locate flush mounted wall boxes in corner of nearest brick or block to keep cutting to
minimum.
B. Location of outlets and equipment as shown on Drawings is approximate and exact location to
be verified and shall be determined by:
1. Construction or code requirements.
2. Conflict with equipment or other trades.
3. Equipment manufacturer's drawings.
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
3/27/13 Page 5 of 5 16135
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16135.doc
C. Minor modification in location of outlets and equipment considered incidental up to distance of
10 ft with no additional compensation, provided necessary instructions given prior to roughing
in of outlet.
D. Mounting heights for devices and equipment to be measured from finished floor to centerline
of device unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Box Selection: For boxes in main feeder conduit runs, use sizes not smaller than 8-in. square
by 4-in. deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in single box. Quantities of
conductors (including equipment grounding conductors) in pull or junction box shall not
exceed following:
Size of Largest
Conductors in Box
Maximum No. of
Conductors in Box
No. 4/0 AWG 30
250 MCM 20
500 MCM 15
Over 500 MCM 10
1. Cable Supports: Install clamps, grids, or devices to which cables may be secured.
Arrange cables so they may be readily identified. Support cable at least every 30 in.
inside boxes.
2. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal, instrumentation, control,
and other systems at least 50% larger than would be required by Article 370 of NEC,
or as indicated. Locate boxes strategically and provide shapes to permit easy pulling
of future wires or cables of types normal for such systems.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINGED DOOR ENCLOSURES (Not Applicable)
3.07 GROUNDING
A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes
grounding conductor, provide grounding terminal in interior of cabinet, box or enclosure.
B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452.
C. Provide Ground Test Well
3.08 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction
debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and weld marks.
B. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating.
END OF SECTION
WIRING DEVICES
Page 1 of 3 16140
5/31/12 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\OMK Specs\16140 - Wiring Devices.doc
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for wiring devices including:
1. Receptacles.
2. Wall switches.
3. Wall plates and cover plates.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA):
1. NEMA WD1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices.
2. NEMA WD6 - Dimensional Requirements.
B. Federal Specifications (WC-596F).
C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Articles 210 Branch Circuits, 250
Grounding and 410, Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval:
1. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions, weights,
certifications and instructions for handling, storage and installation.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during shipping,
handling and storage.
PART 2 P R O D U C T S
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Bryant Electric
B. Crouse-Hinds, Arrow Hart Division
C. Hubbel Inc. Wiring Devices Division
D. Leviton Manufacturing Company
WIRING DEVICES
Page 2 of 3 16140
5/31/12 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\OMK Specs\16140 - Wiring Devices.doc
E. Pass & Seymour/Legrand.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for
dimensional requirements.
B. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon bodies
(orange for isolated-ground receptacles) back and side wiring provisions and green-colored
grounding screws.
C. Receptacles:
1. Duplex-type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts.
2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze.
3. Receptacle grounding system: Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated ground is
indicated or required.
4. GFI or GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) receptacles: Provide feed-through type
with test and reset button.
D. Wall Switches:
1. Toggle switches: Rated 20 amps at 120/277 volts AC rated for both resistive and
inductive loads.
2. Contacts: Silver cadmium oxide construction to prevent sticking, welding and
excessive pitting.
E. Cover Plates:
1. In outdoor, corrosive and wet areas, provide cover plates of cast metal, gasketed with
spring-loaded hinged covers and stainless steel hardware.
2. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed.
B. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box.
C. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends.
D. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices.
E. Inspect each wiring device for defects.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
WIRING DEVICES
Page 3 of 3 16140
5/31/12 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\OMK Specs\16140 - Wiring Devices.doc
B. Install devices plumb and level.
C. Install switches with OFF position down.
D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top.
E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals.
G. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas.
H. Energize and test devices for proper operation.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRIC MOTORS
Page 1 of 4 16150
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16150.doc
SECTION 16150
ELECTRIC MOTORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Description of Work:
1. Motors furnished under other sections of these Specifications as part of equipment
items shall conform to requirements of this section except as noted otherwise in that
section or indicated otherwise on Drawings or schedules.
2. Submersible well motor shall be supplied in accordance with other sections of this
specification.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA MG 1-1978 - Motors and Generators.
B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic ENGINEERs (IEEE):
1. IEEE Standard 112-1978 - Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors
and Generators.
C. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA):
1. AFBMA Standards for Ball and Roller Bearings and Balls.
D. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA):
1. Standard of Installation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for ENGINEER’S approval.
B. Include motor submittal as part of equipment submittal for equipment specified in other
sections.
C. Include identification of equipment by name and tag number as indicated in Specifications or
on Drawings.
D. Submit in accordance with General Conditions and other applicable sections of the Contract
Documents.
1. Complete nameplate data in accordance with NEMA standards.
2. Full load power factor and maximum correction capacitor kVA for motors 5 hp and
larger.
3. Nominal efficiency in accordance with IEEE 112 for motors 5 hp and larger.
4. Motor dimensions and frame size.
5. Manufacturer's printed data on each motor type being provided to indicate compliance
ELECTRIC MOTORS
Page 2 of 4 16150
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16150.doc
with specified performance and construction.
6. Service manual to include storage and alignment instructions.
E. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Submit in accordance with General Conditions and other applicable sections of the
Contract Documents.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Quality Control:
1. Perform individual motor test on motors over 1 hp.
2. Test shall be standard NEMA routine production test in accordance with MG 1-12.51,
and consisting of following.
a. No load running current.
b. Locked rotor current.
c. High potential test.
d. Bearing inspection.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
3. Local codes and ordinances.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for purpose of establishing
standard of quality and general configuration desired.
B. Unless otherwise specified, meet or exceed following.
1. High efficiency, inverter duty equivalent to U.S. Motors premium efficiency for motors
5 hp and above.
2. Motors 1/2 hp and Larger: 3-ph, 60 Hz, 230/460 V.
a. Squirrel cage type, NEMA B.
b. Motor Housing and Bearing Brackets: Cast grey iron with tensile strength of
30,000 psi. Do not provide rolled steel and aluminum.
c. Secure bearing brackets to motor cast iron housing. Do not use bolt clamping
methods.
3. Motors Less than 1/2 hp: 1 - ph, 60 Hz, 115/230 V, unless otherwise noted.
4. Suitable for continuous operation with line voltage variation within ±10% of rated
voltage.
5. Suitable for continuous operation in 40°C ambient with 80°C temperature rise..
ELECTRIC MOTORS
Page 3 of 4 16150
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16150.doc
6. Copper motor windings.
C. Design for frequent starting for Booster Pump Motors.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. U.S. Motors
B. Marathon
C. Baldor
D. Or equal as approved by ENGINEER.
2.03 ENCLOSURES
A. Total Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)
2.04 INSULATION
A. Class F, 1.15 service factor.
2.05 BEARINGS
A. Ball or roller bearing type at manufacturer's option, unless specified in equipment sections of
Specifications.
B. Support side thrust loadings.
C. Regreaseable with alamite fittings extended to accessible location for Frame 250 and larger.
D. AFBMA B10 bearing life rated (flexible coupled) at 50,000 hrs.
2.06 SPEED
A. As specified under equipment section.
2.07 TORQUE
A. Breakdown torque shall be 200% or more of maximum torque load placed on motor shaft.
B. Provide necessary WK2 curves for special loads to coordinate with motors.
C. Supply special motors where load requirements exceed standard design.
2.08 SLIDE RAILS AND SOLE PLATE
A. As required for application.
2.09 SINGLE PHASE FRACTIONAL HP MOTORS
A. Capacitor or open split phase start, unless otherwise specified.
ELECTRIC MOTORS
Page 4 of 4 16150
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16150.doc
2.10 THREE PHASE MOTORS
A. Provide horizontal or vertical squirrel cage induction motors for standard duty.
B. Full voltage starting or as specified in equipment sections of Specifications or on Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC,
NECA "Standard of Installation," and recognized industry practices.
B. Motors shall be installed with space heaters as indicated on electrical plans.
3.02 ALIGNMENT
A. Contractor furnishing motor shall be responsible for alignment.
B. Check alignment of motors prior to startup.
C. Motors over 50 hp shall have alignment and balance checked using test equipment specially
designed for this purpose.
END OF SECTION
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Page 1 of 3 16165
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16165.doc
SECTION 16165
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for disconnect switches including:
1. Fusible disconnect switches
2. Non-fusible disconnect switches
3. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches
4. Fuses
5. Circuit breakers
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA)
1. NEMA AB1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2. NEMA KS1: Enclosed Switches
B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1. UL 98: Standard for safety enclosed switches and Dead Front Switches
2. UL 198C: High Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current Limiting type
3. UL 198E: Class R Fuses
C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA),
NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 380 - Switches.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
2. Switch internal arrangement
3. Breaker or fuse characteristic curves
4. Instructions for handling and storage
5. Installation instructions
6. Dimensions and weights
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have disconnect switches packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide
protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Page 2 of 3 16165
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16165.doc
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers:
1. Eaton
2. General Electric
3. Siemens Energy and Automation
4. Square D Company
B. Fuses
1. Bussman Division, Cooper Industries
2. Gould Shawmut
3. Littelfuse Incorporated
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Disconnect Switches
1. Characteristics: Horsepower rated, 300-volt, heavy-duty type with an interlocked
door, positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism and visible blades.
2. Use switches and components designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with
NEMA AB1, NEMA KS1, UL 98, and NEC Article 380.
3. Enclose switch in a NEMA 12 type enclosure for indoor application and NEMA 4X
(type 316 stainless steel) in outdoor locations or other wet or corrosive areas.
4. Provide switches with provisions for padlocking the operating lever in OFF position
and door in closed position.
5. Select switches having the number of poles and general size conforming to the
Drawings.
6. Conform to fusible, non-fusible or circuit breaker type switch requirements as shown
on Drawings or one-line diagrams.
7. Provide an auxiliary contact, shown on the Drawings.
8. Select fuses or circuit breakers with current interrupting duty as calculated for the
points of switch application or as indicated on the Drawings or one-line diagrams.
B. Fuses. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, for fuses used in disconnect switches, provide
the dual-element, time-delay type with the maximum interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes,
conforming to the current NEC.
C. Circuit Breakers. When circuit breakers are used in disconnect switches, provide the thermal-
magnetic type with current interruption ratings as required at the point of application.
D. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Page 3 of 3 16165
C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16165.doc
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Review the Drawings and verify that the disconnect switches are correct for the applications.
B. Make sure that the correct fuses or breakers are being used regarding size and short circuit
interrupting capability.
C. Prepare adhesive labels on the inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and size or
breaker type and size for replacement.
D. Hand written labels will not be allowed.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install the disconnect switches in accordance with and NEC Article 380.
B. Mount switches 6'-6" (to top of cabinet) above finished floor or grade.
C. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, install switches on spacers to provide
a space of approximate 1/4-inch between the back of cabinet and the mounting surface.
D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, connect conduit to the bottom of
enclosure and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 1 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
SECTION 16195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit for each type of product specified.
C. Samples:
1. Submit for each color, lettering style, and or graphic representation required for
identification materials; samples of labels and signs.
D. Miscellaneous:
1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.
B. Comply with ANSI C2.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified
application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category.
Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere.
B. Conform to ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of
color field for each raceway or cable size.
1. Color: Black legend on orange field.
2. Legend: Indicates voltage.
C. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self adhesive vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with clear,
wear and chemical resistant coating.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 2 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
D. Pre-tensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color coded, acrylic bands
sized to suit diameter of line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pre-tensioned
gripping action when placed in position.
E. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 in. wide
(0.08 mm thick by 25 to 51 mm wide).
F. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, vinyl tape
with following features:
1. Size: Not less than 6 in. wide by 4 mils thick (152 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick).
2. Compounded for permanent direct burial service.
3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line.
5. Buried 12” below finished grade.
G. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers
and letters.
H. Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014 in. (0.4 mm) thick aluminum
sheet, with stamped or embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for permanently
securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors.
I. Plasticized Card Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field printed legends. Orange
background, except as otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener.
J. Aluminum Faced Card Stock Tags: Wear resistant, 18 point minimum card stock faced on
both sides with embossable aluminum sheet, 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) thick, laminated with
moisture resistant acrylic adhesive, and punched for fastener. Preprinted legends suit each
application.
K. Brass or Aluminum Tags: Metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fastener.
Dimensions: 2 by 2 in. (51 by 51 mm) by 0.05 in. (1.3 mm).
2.02 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified
application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category.
Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere.
B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) minimum thick for signs up to
20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face.
2. Punched for mechanical fasteners.
C. Baked Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, with
colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)
grommets in corners for mounting.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 3 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
D. Exterior, Metal Backed, Butyrate Signs: Wear resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose
acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396 in. (1 mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend,
and size appropriate to application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting.
E. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or
No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts, flat washers and lock washers.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self extinguishing, 1 piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties
with following features:
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 in. (5 mm).
2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.3 kg) minimum.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40˚ to 185˚ F (Minus 4˚ to 85˚C).
4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding.
B. Paint: Alkyd-urethane enamel. Primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and or
designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in
Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations
throughout Project.
D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completion of finish work.
E. Self Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films
before applying.
F. Identify feeders over 600 V with "DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters 2 in. (51 mm)
high, stenciled with paint at 10 ft (3 m) intervals over continuous, painted orange background.
Identify following:
1. Entire floor area directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 in. (305 mm)
of basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above un-
excavated space.
2. Wall surfaces directly external to conduits concealed within wall.
3. All accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts,
exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.
4. Entire surface of exposed conduits.
G. Install painted identification as follows:
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 4 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting.
2. Prime Surfaces: For galvanized metal, use single component, acrylic vehicle coating
formulated for galvanized surfaces. For concrete masonry units, use heavy duty,
acrylic resin block filler. For concrete surfaces, use clear, alkali resistant, alkyd binder
type sealer.
3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of silicone alkyd enamel.
4. Apply primer and finish materials according to manufacturer's instructions.
H. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band
exposed and accessible raceways of systems listed below for identification.
1. Bands: Pre-tensioned, snap around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape;
or combination of both. Make each color band 2 in. (51 mm) wide, completely
encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2 color markings in contact, side by
side.
2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft
(15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft (7.6 m) in congested areas.
3. Colors: As follows:
a. Fire Alarm System: Red.
b. Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow.
c. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue.
d. Security System: Blue and yellow.
e. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
f. Telecommunications System: Green and yellow.
I. Install Caution Signs for Enclosures Over 600 V: Use pressure sensitive, self-adhesive label
indicating system voltage in black, preprinted on orange field. Install on exterior of door or
cover.
J. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows:
1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure sensitive, self adhesive plastic label on cover.
2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card stock tags.
3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, water proof listing of panel and circuit number or
equivalent.
K. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior
underground power, control, signal, and communications lines, install continuous underground
plastic line marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 in. (150 to 200 mm) below finished
grade. Where multiple lines installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed
an overall width of 16 in. (400 mm), use single line marker.
1. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in raceway.
L. Color Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout
secondary electrical system.
1. Field applied, color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire for sizes
larger than No. 10 AWG.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 5 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
a. Colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for distance of
6 in. (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are
made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible
unwinding. Use 1 in. (25 mm) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape
bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings.
b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at
each terminal or splice point starting 3 in. (76 mm) from terminal and spaced
3 in. (76 mm) apart. Apply with special tool or pliers, tighten to snug fit, and
cut off excess length.
System Voltage A....................B....................C..................Neutral
120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w Black .............Red.....................................White
120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black .............Red................Blue .............White
120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black .............Orange..........Blue .............White
277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown............Purple............Yellow..........Grey
Motor Control 1....................Black
2....................Red
3....................Blue
Ground Green
M. Power Circuit Identification: Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for
cables, feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull boxes, junction boxes, manholes, and
switchboard rooms.
1. Legend: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend
corresponding to indicated circuit designations.
2. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties; fasten bands using integral ears.
N. Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with
source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase
indication of secondary circuit.
3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags, color
coding, or cable marking tape.
O. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows:
1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure
safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they
connect. Install engraved, plastic laminated instruction signs with approved legend
where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation.
Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red
background with minimum 3/8 in. (9 mm) high lettering for emergency instructions on
power transfer, load shedding, and or emergency operations.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 6 of 6 16195
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16195.doc
P. Install identification as follows:
1. Apply mechanically attached equipment identification labels of engraved plastic
laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each
system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are
specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide single line of text with 1/2 in. (13 mm) high lettering on 1 1/2 in. (38 mm) high
label; where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering 2 in. (51 mm) high. Use black
lettering on white field. Apply labels for each unit of following categories of
equipment.
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Electrical substations.
e. Motor control centers.
f. Motor starters.
g. Push button stations.
h. Power transfer equipment.
i. Contactors.
j. Remote controlled switches.
k. Dimmers.
l. Control devices.
m. Transformers.
n. Inverters.
o. Rectifiers.
p. Frequency converters.
q. Battery racks.
r. Power generating units.
s. Telephone switching equipment.
t. Clock/program master equipment.
u. Call system master station.
v. TV/audio monitoring master station.
w. Fire alarm master station or control panel.
x. Security monitoring master station or control panel.
y. J-Boxes
2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,
breakers, push buttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for power
distribution and control components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal
components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For panelboards, provide framed,
typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by
each individual breaker.
Hand written panel schedules will not be allowed.
END OF SECTION
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
Page 1 of 3 16402
8/30/16 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16402 - Underground Duct Banks.doc
SECTION 16402
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Underground electrical duct banks.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC)
Appendix B.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Catalog cut sheets of the ducts and spacers.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have duct spacers and associated hardware packed and crated to avoid damage during
shipment and handling.
B. Clearly mark packages or crates stating that the material is for electrical duct banks only.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Thomas and Betts.
B. Underground Devices Inc.
C. Walker Division, Butler Manufacturing Company.
D. Carlon
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Conduit. Construct ducts using schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit.
B. Spacers. Secure conduit with non-magnetic, universal, interlocking-type spacers for both
horizontal and vertical duct arrangements.
C. Concrete. Use steel reinforced, red concrete as duct encasement.
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
Page 2 of 3 16402
8/30/16 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16402 - Underground Duct Banks.doc
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify from Drawings and field survey that the location of ductbanks does not interfere with
any existing or new underground facilities.
B. Verify that materials are on site in proper condition and that sufficient quantity is on hand for
the work.
C. Verify that trenches are in the correct places and prepared with sufficient depth and width to
accommodate the duct banks, reinforcing rod, and concrete.
D. Be prepared for inspection of the duct banks before reinforcing rod is installed.
E. Before pouring concrete, verify that the ducts are free of debris and properly installed in the
support and spacer systems and that the ducts are properly fitted together and firmly held in
place by the hold down hardware.
F. Provide 24-hour notice to Engineer and the Local Code Inspector for cover-up inspection
before pouring electrical conduit ductbanks.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Use the size and types of conduit as indicated on the Drawings for the various duct banks
required for the project.
B. Make duct bank installations and penetrations through foundation walls watertight.
C. Assemble duct banks using non-magnetic saddles, spacers and separators. Position
separators to provide 2-inch minimum concrete separation between the outer surfaces of the
conduits.
D. Provide a 3-inch minimum concrete covering on both sides, top and bottom of concrete
envelopes around conduits. Add red dye at the rate of 10 pounds per cubic yard to concrete
used for envelopes for easy identification during subsequent excavation.
E. Firmly fix ducts in place during pouring of concrete. Carefully spade and vibrate the concrete
to ensure filling of spaces between ducts.
F. Make bends with sweeps of radius not less than 12 times the smallest diameter of the
raceway to accommodate shielded cables.
G. Make a transition from non-metallic to metallic rigid conduit where duct banks enter structures
or turn upward for continuation above grade.
H. Make bends of 30 degrees or more using rigid galvanized steel.
I. Reinforce duct banks throughout, where indicated on the Drawings.
1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, reinforce with No. 4 longitudinal steel bars
placed at each corner and along each face at a maximum parallel spacing of 12
inches on centers, and No. 3 tie-bars transversely placed at 18-inch maximum
longitudinal intervals.
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
Page 3 of 3 16402
8/30/16 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16402 - Underground Duct Banks.doc
2. Maintain a maximum clearance of 2 inches from bars to the edge of the concrete
encasement.
J. Where ducts enter structures such as handholes, manholes, pullboxes, or buildings, terminate
the ducts in suitable end bells, insulated L-bushings, Meyers hubs or couplings on steel
conduits. Tag conduit entering pull boxes with stamped, stainless steel tags. Identify as
designated in cable and conduit schedule.
K. Do not backfill with material containing large rock, paving materials, cinders, large or sharply
angular substances, corrosive material, or other materials which can damage or contribute to
corrosion of ducts or prevent adequate compaction of fill.
L. Install a #6 bare stranded copper duct bank ground in each duct bank envelope. Make ground
electrically continuous throughout the entire duct bank system. Connect ground to switchgear
ground buses and to steel conduit extensions of the underground duct system.
M. After completion of the duct bank and prior to pulling cable, pull a mandrel, not less than 12
inches long and with a cross section approximately one-fourth inch less than the inside cross
section of the duct, through each duct. Then pull a rag swab or sponge through to remove
any particles of earth, sand or gravel that may have been left in the duct. Repull the rag or
sponge swab until the swab emerges clean.
N. Use hemp rope to pull conductors into PVC conduit. Do not use nylon or wire cable for this
purpose.
O. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade over underground duct
banks. Refer to Section 16195 - Electrical Identification.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING
Page 1 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
SECTION 16452
GROUNDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment.
2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and
systems.
3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other
sections of these Specifications.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. B3-90 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire.
2. B8-90 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft.
3. B33-91 - Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for
Electrical Purposes.
4. E699 E1-79 - Standard Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality
Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods
Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6.
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 78-89 - Lightning Protection Code.
C. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL)
1. 467 84 - UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Test Results:
1. Report of field tests and observations certified by Contractor.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed OR labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
GROUNDING
Page 2 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with current NEC. Where
types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of current NEC requirements,
more stringent requirements and greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.
B. Conductor Materials: Copper.
2.02 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with Section 16120. Conform to Single Conductor Color Coding Table, except as
otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated.
C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable.
D. Bare Copper Conductors:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3.
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS
A. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section.
B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire, terminated
with copper ferrules.
C. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 in. thick and 2 in. wide, except as
indicated.
2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for materials used.
B. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units.
C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for application.
D. Exothermic Welded Connections: Provide in kit form and select for specific types, sizes, and
combinations of conductors and other items to be connected.
GROUNDING
Page 3 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel with high-strength steel core and electrolytic-grade copper
outer sheath, molten welded to core.
1. Size: 3/4 inch by 10 feet unless otherwise indicated.
B. Plate Electrodes: Copper plates, minimum 0.10 in. thick, size as indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC Article 250 for sizes and
quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors
are indicated.
1. Install separate insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit conductors.
a. Pull Ground conductor in all raceways. Do not use raceway for grounding
purposes.
b. Install insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless
designated for telephone or data cables.
B. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicted.
C. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, instrumentation and communication
systems, provide #4 AWG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from
grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location.
D. Ground separately derived systems required by NEC to be grounded in accordance with NEC
paragraph 250-26.
E. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to grounding electrode as
indicated in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch
circuit.
F. Connections to Lightning Protection System: Bond grounding conductors or grounding
conductor conduits to lightning protection down conductors or grounding conductors in
compliance with NFPA 78.
G. Common Ground Bonding With Lightning Protection System:
1. Bond electric power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding
conductor at closest point to electric service grounding electrode.
2. Use bonding conductor sized same as system ground conductor and installed in
conduit.
GROUNDING
Page 4 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with current NEC
requirements except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.
B. Ground Rods:
1. Locate minimum of one-rod length from each other and at least same distance from
any other grounding electrode.
2. Interconnect ground rods with bare conductors buried at least 24 in. below grade.
3. Connect bare-cable ground conductors to ground rods by means of exothermic welds
except as otherwise indicated.
4. Make connections without damaging copper coating or exposing steel.
5. Use 5/8-inch by 8-ft. ground rods except as otherwise indicated.
6. Drive rods until tops are 6 inches below finished floor or final grade except as
otherwise indicated.
C. Metallic Water Service Pipe:
1. Provide insulated copper ground conductors, sized as indicated, in conduit from
building main service equipment, or ground bus, to main metallic water service
entrances to building.
2. Connect ground conductors to street side of main metallic water service pipes by
means of ground clamps.
3. Bond ground conductor conduit to conductor at each end.
D. Braided-Type Bonding Jumpers:
1. Use elsewhere for flexible bonding and grounding connections.
E. Route grounding conductors along shortest and straightest paths possible without obstructing
access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage,
except as indicated.
F. Test Wells: Locate as indicated, and fabricate in accordance with details indicated.
G. UFER Ground:
1. Fabricate with 20 feet of conductor laid lengthwise in excavation for foundation or
footings.
2. Install so conductor is within 2 in. of bottom of concrete.
3. Where base of foundation is less than 20 feet in length, coil excess conductor at base
of foundation.
4. Bond conductor to reinforcing steel at four locations, minimum.
5. Extend conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or grounding
electrode.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select
connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct
contact will be galvanically compatible.
GROUNDING
Page 5 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and make
contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact.
3. Aluminum to steel connections: stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps.
4. Aluminum to galvanized steel connections: tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical
clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material such as red
coal tar or Butumastic to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B. Exothermic Welded Connections:
1. Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections except those
at test wells.
2. Install at connections to ground rods and plate electrodes.
3. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations.
4. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning
are not acceptable. Use Meyer’s Hubs with grounding type lock rings.
C. Terminations:
1. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits
with pressure-type grounding lugs.
2. Where metallic raceways terminate at metallic housings without mechanical and
electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with grounding bushing.
3. Connect grounding bushings with bare grounding conductor to ground bus in housing.
4. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding
bushings and bare grounding conductors.
D. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply
with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make
bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and ground rods.
F. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by
manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make
visible indication that connector has been adequately compressed on ground conductor.
G. Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to ground rods or
ground buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of
insulation and cable.
3.04 OVERHEAD LINE GROUNDING
A. General: Comply with ANSI C2, "National Electrical Safety Code" for "Single-Grounded
Systems," using two electrodes in parallel if single electrode resistance to ground exceeds 25
ohms.
B. Ground Rod Connections: Use exothermic welds for underground connections and
connections to rods.
GROUNDING
Page 6 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
C. Lightning Arresters: Separate arrester grounds from other ground conductors.
D. Secondary Neutral and Tank of Transformer: Interconnect and connect to ground.
E. Grounding Conductor Protection: Protect grounding conductors running on surface of wood
poles with molding of a type manufactured for this purpose. Extend from grade level up to and
through communications and transformer spaces.
3.05 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING
A. Manholes and Handholes:
1. Install 3/4-inch by 10-ft. driven ground rod close to wall and set rod depth such that 4
inches will extend above finished floor.
2. Where necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0
bare tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through waterproof
sleeve in manhole wall.
3. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of
pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 in. above to 6 in.
below concrete.
4. Seal floor opening with waterproof non-shrink grout.
B. Connections at Manholes:
1. Connect exposed metal parts, such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and
cable shields within each manhole or handhole to ground rod or ground conductor.
2. Make connections with minimum No. 4 AWG stranded hard-drawn copper wire.
3. Train conductors plumb or level around corners and fasten to manhole walls.
4. Connect to cable armor and cable shields by means of tinned terminals soldered to
armor or shield, or as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits.
C. Grounding System: Ground non-current-carrying metallic items associated with manholes,
substations, and pad-mounted equipment by connecting them to bare underground cable and
grounding electrodes arranged as indicated.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test:
1. Subject completed grounding system to megger test at each location where maximum
ground resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure ground terminal,
and at ground test wells.
2. Measure ground resistance without soil being moistened by any means other than
natural precipitation or natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or
other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.
3. Perform tests by 3-point ground Megger test method in accordance with Section 9.03
of IEEE 81, "Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Grounding System." All test equipment should be calibrated
within prior 6 months.
GROUNDING
Page 7 of 7 16452
3/27/13 C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech
Specs 1\16452.doc
B. Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows:
1. Equipment rated 500 kVA and less: 5 Ohms.
2. Equipment rated 500 kVA to 1000 kVA: 5 Ohms.
3. Equipment rated over 1000 kVA: 3 Ohms.
4. Unfenced substations and pad-mounted equipment: 5 Ohms.
5. Manhole grounds: 10 Ohms.
C. Deficiencies: Where ground resistances exceed specified values, notify Engineer, and if
directed by Engineer, modify grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures
are directed that exceed those indicated, provisions of Contract covering changes will apply.
D. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by testing organization, of ground resistance at each
test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test
results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. Salt may not be used to decrease
the ground test resistance reading.
3.07 RESTORATION
A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades
except as otherwise indicated.
B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed.
C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their
original condition.
D. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching.
E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.
END OF SECTION
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 1 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
SECTION 16475
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Overcurrent protective devices (OCPDs) rated 600 V and below and switching
devices commonly used with them.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No payment will be made for OCPDs under this Section. Include payment for OCPDs in unit
price for applicable utility or structure installation section.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
1. NEMA KS-1-83 - Enclosed Switches.
2. NEMA 250-85 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
3. NEMA FU1-86 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses.
4. NEMA AB1-86 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches.
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 70-90 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
C. Underwriters Laboratory (UL):
1. UL 98-87 - Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
2. UL 198C-86 - High-Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current-Limiting Types. Fifth Edition.
3. UL 198E-88 - Class R Fuses. Fourth Edition.
4. UL 486A-80 - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors.
Seventh Edition.
5. UL 489-86 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures. Seventh
Edition.
6. UL 943-85 - Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters. Second Edition.
7. UL 977-84 - Fused Power-Circuit Devices. Third Edition.
8. UL 198L-88 - UL Standard for Safety D-C Fuses for Industrial Use.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that causes
and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects.
B. Ampere-Squared-Seconds: Expression of available thermal energy resulting from current
flow. With regard to current-limiting fuses and circuit breakers, ampere-squared-seconds
during fault current interruption represents energy allowed to flow before fuse or breaker
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 2 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
interrupts fault current within its current limiting range.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer’s approval.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Spare fuse cabinet showing dimensions and features including storage provision for
fused cartons, where shown on Plans.
C. Product Data:
1. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories
specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time-current curves for
protective devices and let-through current curves for those with current limiting
characteristics.
2. Include coordination charts and tables and related data.
D. Test Results:
1. Certified reports of field tests and observations.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Components and Installation:
a. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code (NEC)."
b. Local codes and ordinances.
C. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain similar OCPDs from single manufacturer.
1.07 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials:
1. Maintenance Stock, Fuses: For types, voltage, and ampere ratings required, furnish
10% spare fuses, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each kind.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDs), GENERAL
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 3 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
A. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of panelboards,
switchboards, and motor control centers; and also as individually enclosed and mounted
single units.
B. Enclosures: NEMA 250.
2.02 GENERAL FUSES
A. General: Provide fuses of types, classes, and current ratings as indicated. Voltage ratings
shall be consistent with circuits on which used.
B. Fuses for Direct Current Circuits: UL 198L and marked for such use by manufacturer on fuse
label.
C. Cartridge Fuse:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bussmann Div., Cooper Industries, Inc.
b. Gould Shawmut.
c. Littelfuse Inc.
2. NEMA Standard FU1, unless indicated otherwise, provide nonrenewable cartridge
fuses of indicated types, classes, and current ratings that have voltage ratings
consistent with circuits on which used.
3. Class CC Fuses: UL 198C.
4. Class J Fuses: UL 198C.
5. Class L Fuses: UL 198C.
a. Current limiting threshold of 10 times current rating or less and time delay of
4 sec at 5 times rating.
6. Class RK1 and RK5 Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses: UL 198E.
7. Class RK1 Fast-Acting Fuses: UL 198E.
2.03 FUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Square D Co.
2. General Electric
3. Siemens.
4. Or approved equal.
B. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1 quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units.
C. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of normal horsepower rating for switch.
D. Withstand Capability: In excess of let-through current permitted by its fuse when subject to
faults up to 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.
E. Operation: By means of external handle.
F. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off" position.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 4 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
G. Fuse Clips: Rejection type.
H. Padlocking Provisions: For 2 padlocks, whether open or closed.
I. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting where
indicated.
J. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated.
K. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 0 as indicated or required to suit
environment where located.
2.04 FUSED POWER CIRCUIT DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. General Electric.
2. Square D Co.
3. Siemens.
4. Or equal.
B. UL 977, with either bolted-pressure-type or high-pressure contact-type switch.
C. Operation: As indicated.
D. Ground Fault Protection: Integral, self-powered type with mechanical ground fault indicator,
test function, adjustable pick-up current and delay time with inverse and constant time
characteristics, internal memory arranged to integrate intermittent arcing ground faults, and
ground fault current sensor located as indicated.
E. Open Fuse Trip Device: Arranged to trip switch open if phase fuse opens.
F. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Suitable for individual mounting.
G. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, as indicated or as required to
suit environment where located.
H. Minimum Fault Current Rating: As indicated.
2.05 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Manufacturers Except as Indicated:
1. Square D Co.
2. General Electric
3. Siemens.
4. Or Equal
B. UL 489 and NEMA AB 1.
C. Construction: Bolt-in type, except breakers in load-center-type panelboards and breakers
225-ampere frame size and larger may be plug-in type if held in place by positive locking
device requiring mechanical release for removal.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 5 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
D. Characteristics: Indicated frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and short-circuit
interrupting capacity rating of 10,000 amperes symmetrical, unless greater rating is indicated
on Drawings.
E. Tripping Device: Quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism with inverse-time delay and
instantaneous overcurrent trip protection for each pole.
F. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low-trip-setting current values.
G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in
switchboard or panelboards where indicated.
H. Enclosure for Switchboard or Motor Control Center Mounting: Provide individual mounting
where indicated.
I. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, as indicated or required to suit
environment where located.
J. Combination Circuit Breakers and Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters: UL 943 arranged for
sensing and tripping for ground-fault current in addition to overcurrent and short-circuit current.
1. Match features and module size of panelboard breakers and provide clear
identification of ground fault trip function.
2. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 4 to 6 milliamperes, listed and labeled as Class A,
Type 1 device.
3. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 30 milliamperes.
K. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Arranged to limit let-through ampere-squared-seconds
during fault conditions to value less than ampere-squared-seconds of one-half-cycle wave of
prospective symmetrical fault current. Circuit breaker shall use no fusible devices in its
operation. Current-limiting characteristic shall be in addition to normal time-delay and
instantaneous-trip characteristics and other features as indicated.
L. Circuit Breakers With Solid-State Trip Devices: Provide indicated circuit breakers with solid-
state trip devices having following features:
1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes between
minus 20˚C and plus 55˚C.
2. Adjustability: Breaker ratings and trip settings shall be changeable by operation of
controls on front panel of breaker, by change of plug-in element without removing
breaker from mounting, or by combination of 2 methods.
3. Ground-Fault Tripping: Adjustable for pick-up and time-delay values. Provide for
indicated units.
4. Provide clear plastic shield limiting access to rating plug and adjustments on solid
state trip circuit breaker. Seal by attaching sealing wire through hole in posts
provided. With wire seal installed, circuit breaker rating plug and adjustments shall
not be "readily accessible."
2.06 OCPD ACCESSORIES
A. Key Interlocks: Arrange interlocking so keys are held captive at devices indicated. Where
future key interlocking provisions are indicated, provide necessary mountings and hardware
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 6 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
as required for future installation.
B. Instantaneous Undervoltage Trip Device: For indicated OCPDs.
C. Adjustable-Time-Delay Undervoltage Trip Devices: For indicated OCPDs.
D. Shunt-Trip Devices for Circuit Breakers: Where indicated, arrange to trip breaker from
external source of power through control switch or relay contacts.
2.07 SPARE FUSE CABINET (Where Indicated)
A. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 18 gauge minimum steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-hinged
door with key coded cam lock and pull.
B. Size: Provide for orderly storage of all spare fuses of this project plus 15 percent spare
capacity, minimum.
C. Finish: Gray baked enamel.
D. Cabinet Door: Bear legend in stencilled 1-1/2-inch high letters, "Spare Fuses."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fuses:
1. Install fuses in fusible devices indicated.
B. Independently Mounted OCPDs:
1. Locate as indicated and install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation
instructions.
C. Factory install OCPDs furnished in distribution equipment.
3.02 APPLICATION OF FUSES
A. Control Circuits: Class CC, time delay.
B. General Purpose Fusible Switches: Apply following class and types:
1. 30-600 Amperes: Class J or RK1, time delay.
2. 601-6,000 Amperes: Class L, time delay.
a. Size at 125% of motor FLA not to exceed 150%.
b. For transformers, size 12 times FLA for .1 second and 25 times for
0.1 second.
c. Size at 100% of load for mains and feeders with non-inductive loads.
C. Combination Starters: Class J or RK1, time delay.
D. Bolted Pressure Switches: Class L, time delay.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 7 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify with components as specified in Section 16195.
3.04 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between OCPDs and control/indication devices as specified in Section 16120 for
hard wired connections.
3.05 CONNECTIONS
A. Check connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings for tightness.
B. Tighten field-connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance
with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's
torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with
tightening torques specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.06 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for individually mounted OCPD units as indicated
and as required by NEC. Tighten connectors to comply with tightening torques specified in UL
Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding.
B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452.
3.07 COORDINATION STUDY
A. Where coordination study recommends changes in types, classes, features or ratings of
equipment or devices those indicated, make written request for instructions. Obtain
instructions from Engineer before ordering equipment or devices recommended to be
changed.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be
present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum of 1/2 workday,
travel time excluded, for assistance during plant construction, plant startup, equipment
adjustment, and training of Owner’s personnel for plant operation. Include minimum
of:
a. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services.
2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment
operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting.
B. Testing:
1. Reports: Prepare certified written reports on tests and observations. Report defective
materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include complete records
of repairs and adjustments made.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Page 8 of 8 16475
C:\Documents and Settings\Office Manager\Desktop\Tech Specs\16475.doc
2. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible person.
3. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least 1 week's
advance notification.
4. Pretesting: Upon completing installation of system, perform following preparations for
tests:
a. Make insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses, components, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits.
b. Make continuity tests of circuits.
c. Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they
supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents.
d. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and testing of OCPDs.
5. Visual and mechanical inspection: Include following inspections and related work.
a. Overcurrent-Protective-Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings
and settings to be appropriate for final system arrangement and parameters.
Where discrepancies are found, test organization shall recommend final
protective device ratings and settings. Use accepted revised ratings or
settings to make final system adjustments.
b. Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate
compliance with current single line diagram.
c. Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other
operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual.
d. Check tightness of electrical connections of OCPDs with calibrated torque
wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
e. Clean OCPDs using manufacturer's approved methods and materials.
f. Verify installation of proper fuse types and ratings in fusible OCPDs.
6. Electrical Tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions:
a. Insulation resistance test of OCPD conducting parts. Insulation resistance
less than 100 megohms is not acceptable.
b. Verify trip unit reset characteristics for insulated-case circuit breakers.
c. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable-trip devices.
d. Activate auxiliary protective devices such as ground fault or undervoltage
relays, to verify operation of shunt-trip devices.
e. Check stored-energy charging motors for proper operation of motor,
mechanism, and limit switches.
f. Check operation of electrically operated OCPDs in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
g. Check key and other interlock and safety devices for operation and sequence.
Make closing attempts on locked-open and opening attempts on locked-
closed devices including moveable barriers and shutters.
7. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest. Verify by
system tests that specified requirements are met.
3.09 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect OCPDs. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt,
and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Page 1 of 3 16476
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16476.doc3
SECTION 16476
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Service disconnects.
2. Feeder and equipment disconnects.
3. Enclosed circuit breakers.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No payment will be made for disconnects and circuit breakers under this Section. Include
payment for disconnects and circuit breakers in unit price for applicable utility or structure
installation section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following for ENGINEER’S approval.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit for switches, circuit breakers, and accessories.
2. Descriptive data and time-current curves for protective devices and let-through current
curves for those devices with current-limiting characteristics. Include coordination
charts and tables, and related data.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Wiring diagrams detailing power and control wiring and differentiating clearly between
manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring.
D. Test Results:
1. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results.
E. Operating and Maintenance Data:
1. Maintenance data for tripping devices.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Page 2 of 3 16476
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16476.doc3
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
C. Single-Source Responsibility: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall be product of
single manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fusible Switches:
1. Square D Co.
2. Cutler-Hammer Products
3. Siemens.
4. General Electrical
B. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
1. Square D Co.
2. Cutler-Hammer Products
3. Siemens.
4. General Electric
2.02 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
A. Enclosed Non-fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD handle lockable with 2 padlocks.
B. Enclosed Fusible Switch, 800 Amperes and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to
accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle
lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position.
C. Enclosed Fusible Switch Larger Than 800 Amperes: Bolted-pressure or high-pressure contact
switch, bus drilled to accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment
where located.
1. Minimum Fault Current Rating: 100,000 symmetrical rms amperes.
2.03 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Enclosed Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable with 2 padlocks.
B. Characteristics:
1. Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated
2. Interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current, 10,000 symmetrical rms
amperes minimum
3. Appropriate application listing when used for switching fluorescent lighting loads or
heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration equipment.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Page 3 of 3 16476
9/10/20 C:\Users\Johnna\Desktop\Electrical Specs\16476.doc3
A. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers in locations as indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers level and plumb.
C. Install wiring between enclosed switches and circuit breakers and control/indication devices.
D. Connect enclosed switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to
ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals,
including screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening
values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not
indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL
Standard 486A.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer’s Field Services:
1. Supplier’s or manufacturer’s representative for equipment specified herein shall be
present at job site or for assistance during plant construction, plant startup, and
training of OWNER’S personnel for plant operation.
B. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated
in NETA Standard ATS, Section 7.5 for enclosed switches and Section 7.6 for
molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units at site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest.
C. Training:
1. Train OWNER’S maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for startup and
shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
2. Review operating and maintenance data.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable enclosed switches and circuit breaker trip ranges as indicated.
3.04 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
Page 1 of 1
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN
GC-4.02 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS
ALPNA��TESTIH�
�
J
WHER� IT A..I,L�E'GIHS
Gevtechni�al Cvrastru�tivn MateriQls Envirnnmenrad
�
�
�
FINAL CEUTE�HN[CAL EXP[�URATIUN
an
VENTANA PUM P STATI01�
A�edo Road and Chapin S�17oo1 Road
�ort Wortl7, TexaS
ALPHA Re�art No. W 152058
Prepared for:
PB VENTANA I, LLC
631 U Lcmmon A�enue, Suite 2Q ]
Dallas Tcxas 7��[)�)
Attentian: Mr. Peter Pincaffs
actober 12, 2015
Prepared By:
AI.PHA TESTING, IN�.
5f)58 Brus1T Creek Road
�ort Worth, Texas 761 I9
ALPHA ��,TESTING
�
WHERE 17 RLL BEGINS
C;c�u7c�rlr�ricrr!
�l1f1.5i7'll1'11t71i ;tiilfii'f'�([�,�
l:�r virn»�irr�rkrl
TBPE Firnr ;'4n. 813
.i(]5H i3rtr,s�1� C'+•cel; Rourl
I� ari 6i �„ rl�. Tc>ra.s 7�i 119
Oct��er 12, 2015
PB Ven#ana I, LLC
631 [] Lemmon A�entic, Stiitc 2D l
Dallas Texas 75209
�-Lttention: Mr. Peter Pincaffs
TeI: �1T l-4Ih-5�ifJf]
1s'rrz: �Yf7-49�-�hlJH
ti� �t ti��.�ilphnte.sliu�.caiia
Re: Final Geatechnical Explaratian
Ventana pump Sta#ion
Aledn Road and Chapin Schonl Road
Fort Wnrth, Texas
ALPHA Report No. W 15205K
Attached is ihe report of'the geotechnical ex�loratia�i perfonned for the project referenced abo�ve.
This shEdy was autliori�ed by Mr. E. Peter Pin�offs ilI on August 3l, 2Q15 and perfonned iii
accardance witl� A�,PHA Pro��osal Na. 4$9 ] l datcd August 3 I, 2[] l 5.
This r�port cor�tains results of field ex�lorati�ns and laboratory testing and an engineering
interpretatian af-ihese with respect to a��ailable praject characteristics. T11e results and analy5es
were used to c�e�elop reco�ntne3ldatians tn aid design and constructian af fou�ldations and
pa�exnent.
ALPHA �I'�STING, INC:. a}�pre�iates the op}�arttiriity to be af ser��i�e c�n this �araject. If we cai�
be of further- assistance, 5uch as �ra�iding materials testing ser�ices c�urin� constructian, please
cantact our office.
Sincerely,
����� Q� ��� �' �
� * ..; , � *��+
*: � *
. . ..... . . . ..... . . ...... . . ..... . .....
BRIAN J. H�YT
i.��...' ..,..11574�.......:�;
f1`a'�`�;, ���.�S�a. ���'��
��r ��� tii� ��� ,�
�ctoher 12. Zi]1S
ALPHA TE5T1NG,INC.
'r��-----��-
i i _ !� �_ �' :�•;� � �
Mahsa Heday�€i, P1iI], P,E.
Geotec}�nical Project Manager
� �T-
arian .1. Hoyt, P.E.
Gcatcchnical ❑epartmcnt Manager
MHIBJHImIi
Capies: (1-P�F} Client
�
�
�
TABLE OF CONTENTS
o�
ALPHA REP�RT N�. Wl_52�58
1.�] PURP�SE AND SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1
Z.0 PROJECT CHARACTERISTICS ...................................................................................... l
3.a FiFLD F.�PLC7RATI[]N .................................................................................................... �
4.[] LABQRAT(]RY TESTS ........................ ... 2
5.f1 G�N�RAL SUI3SURI�AC� CaNDETI�NS ...................................................................... 2
b.� DESIC'�N RECOMMENDtLTIONS .................................................................................... 3
6.1 Potential Seasonal Mo�elnents ............................................................................... 3
G.2 Slab-a�l-Grade Foundation far the Pump Sta�ion Building ..................................... 4
�.3 Post-Tensioning I��stitiitc, Design of Post-Te�isioned Slab FoLindatio�l ................. 4
6.4 gRAB and WRI Paramctcrs f�r Slab Fnundati�rn .................................................. S
�i.5 Shallow F'aundatioi�s €�nr Water Stora�e Tank snd Hydro�neum��tic Tank............ fi
6.& Seismic C�nsi�erations ........................................................................................... 7
b.7 Pa��ernent .................................................................................................................7
6.7.1 Pa�e��ent Stibgrade Preparation .................................................................. �
U.7.2 Asphalt Con�rete Pa�cme�lt ........................................................................ S
6.7.3 Po3-tla��d-Cc�nent Cancrcte Pa��cme�lt ......................................................... 9
6.7.4 1111 Weathes- Ag�re�ate Surfaci�lg .............. . . . . . . .. . 10
. . . . . . . ...............................
6.8 Drainage and Otiier Co�lsideratiotis ...................................................................... 10
7.{) GENCRAL CC]NSTRUCTi�N PRQCCDC]RC5 AN17 RLCDMM�NDATI�NS.......... ] l
7.l Site Preparation and Grading ................................................................................ ] l
7.2 Foundation Ex�a�ations ........................................................................................ 13
7.3 I� i 11 Co�l�acti�m .................................................................................................... 13
7.4 Groiindwater ......................................................................................................... 15
�i.[3 LIMITAiIDNS ........................................................................................................�--......1�
APPENDIX
A-1 Methods of Fie�d Expioration
BU2-ing Location Plan - Figure i
B-] Me#llads at Laboratory Testing
Swell Test Result — Figure 2
Logs of Borings
I�ey ta Soil Syrnbols and Classif�cations
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
] .0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
�
�
�
T11e puipase al� this geate�llni�af expl�ration is far ALPHA TESTiNG, INC. ("ALPHA"} t❑
e�aluate for the "Client" some af tlle pllysical and engineering properties of subsrirfa�e n�aterials
at sciccted ]ocations an t�c Subject sitc with resp��t ta fa3-n�ulation af appropriate ge�technical
desi�n parametcr5 fnr the pro��t�sed cni�struction. The fi�ld cx�7lnratic�n was a�complishcd by
securin� subsurf��ce samples from widely spaced test barings ��erfarmed across tlle expanse of
the srte. Engiiieering analyses were perfarmed iram results c�f the field explaratioii aiid results af
labarai�ry tests performed oiz representati�e samples.
Alsn in�ltid�d arc gc�lcral comm�nts p�rtaining to rcas�nnal}ly anticipatcd conStrL�ction probl�ms
and recomi��endatians cc�ncei-nin� earthwork and quality control testin� durin� c[�nstru�tion.
This infor�iiatio�l can be used ta e��aluatc: subsurface conditions and to �ilL{ in ascertaini�lg
canstructioti meets praject specificati�ns.
Recommendations pra�ided in this report were de�eloped fi-om informatian abtained in test
borings dcpi�ting sul�surfacc condition5 only at thc 5pcc��e harin� locations and at tl�e �articular
time desi���ated c�n tl�e lo�s. Subsurface �c3��ditinns at atlzer locatit�ns may differ frnm thase
obser�ed at the boring Eo�:atians, and su�surface c:onditir�ns at horing l�cations may �ary at
different ti�nes af the year. The scope c�Fwork may nai fuity define the variability of�subsurf'ace
materials and cflnditians that are present an the site.
T11� natur� a�id cxtcnE af ��riation5 betwccn bnrings may not become c��idcnt until constructin�i.
If significant �•ariatians then appear e�i[�ent, aur c�ffice sl�ould be cc�ntas:ted ta re-e�aluate oui-
recommendatioizs af'ter perfanning an-site abservatians and possibly o[Iier tests.
2.0 PR�JECT CHARACTERISTICS
It is pro�ased to ct�nstruct a new }��imp statinn [�uildin�, a 15,000 �allnn hydrnpneumatic tank
a�id a 375,flOfl �all�n water storage tank with ass�ciated pa�ement and access dri�es on a tract af
land �eneraliy located on ihe southwest corner of� Aled❑ Road and Chapin Scl�ool Road in Fort
Wartll, Texas. A site pla�l illustrating the general ❑utli�le ❑t the property is pro�ided as Figure l,
the I3oring L.o�atian Ptan, in the Appcndix af this rep�rt. At the tin�e the tield exploration was
performed, thc sit� was an opcn tt-act of land wstl� sa�ne scattcred trccs. A crccic was ahscr�cd
near the southwestern corner nf the prape�-ty.
We unctersiand [he pump statia�� biiilding will be 4� ti by 2Z i't in plan dimensia�l and will de
suppoz-ted with a post-tensioned or co���ei3tionally reinforced slah fnundation. The water storage
tank wili ha�c an inside diameter nf 48 ft, a high watcr height af 2� ft and wii] be supported witll
a rin�wali foundati�an. Tl�e hydrnpneumatic tank wil] be abnut 32 ft long with a diameter of $ ft
and 4 inch�s and wilf be stip�orted with spread faotings. Pa�ement will ccrosist of asphalt
cor�crete, Portland ce»tent cc�ncrete (PCC} andlanc[ all weather abgregate surface. Na bekow
grade sl�bs are planned.
Re�ic�� af tl7e prcls�ninary grading plans prcpared by Pape-Dawson Engincering {Projcct Nfl,
7(]042-00, Sheet C5.4� datcd Septcmher ZO 1 S) indicates the site generally slnpe5 down tow��rds
southeast about 9 ft (Appx. Elev. 780 ta Ele�. 771). The referenced graciing plans indicate tills
of� up t� about 3 f't will be required ta act�ie�ve final grade in the proposed area of constniction.
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
3.Q FIELD EXPLORATION
�
�
�
Subsurf'ace ��nditiorls on the site were explared by drilling a tatal of eight [8} Uorings as
sumn�ari7ed in Table A���3[.F �a belaw. Tl�e boa-ings were dri]]ed in general accordance with
ASTM D 42[] using standard rotary driiting e�uipmc�lt The approximat� ]ocatEon of ca�h tcst
bariri� is sht�wn nn the Boring Locatinn Pian, Fi�;�re l, encic�sed in thc A�pendix nf this repnrt.
Uetails of drillin� �jnd sam�lina operatic�ns are briefly summarized in Methc7c�s of Fietd
Explc�ration, Section A-] ai�the Appendix.
TASLE A: Borin� Num
Boring l�o.
],Zand3
4 and 5
f�
7 and S
Bnring Depth (ft)
4Q
20
20
G
5tr�cture ❑es�riptian
Water storage tank
Pump station btii[ciing
Hydrop�leun�atic ta�lk
Acccss dri�cs a��d Pa�ement
Subsurface types encou�ltered dtiring t11e field �xp�aration are prese�ltcd an the Log of Bflring
5hcet5 �barin� logs) included in thc Appendix of this rcport. The boring 1Q�s contain aur Ficld
Technician's ar�d Engineer's interpretation of cnnditions �elie��ed tc� exist between actual sainples
retrie�ed. Tlierefare, the �orina lags contain both factual and interpreti�e infa�•matian. Lines
delineating sttbsuri�ce str�ta on the b�ring logs are �pproximate and the actual transition
between strata may be gradtial.
4.fi I�ARORATDRY TESTS
Selected samples of� the su�surface materials were tested i�1 the laboratary to e�aluate their
etlgitieering praperties as a basrs in pro�iding recommendatians fa�• foundatio�l design and
eartl�work �anstruction. A brief descriptini� of testing procedures used in the laboratory can be
faund in Mctl�flds of Labaratory Testing, Sectian B-1 ❑fthe Ap��endix, Indi�iduai t�st results ar�
presentcd nn the Log of Borin� sheets or Sum�nary data sl�ccts enclosed in thc Appcndix.
S,p GENERAL SUBSUR�'ACE CQN�CTI�NS
Based on geolagical atlas �naps availahie from tl�e Bureau of Cconomic Geology, published by
the C]ni��ersity �f Texas at Austin, tl�e ��roject site lies witlzin t�ie Goodland Limestone and
�Valnut Clay t�ndi�id�d fnrir�atinn map�cd as undi�ided, ncar thc mappcd ir�tcrfacc ���ith the
Kian�ichi fnrmatit�n. The Gondland Limestone and Walnut Cl��y undi�ided formatic�n �enerally
car�sist� c�f lime5tc�ne with shale seams ant� laye�'s. The residual c��erburden clay soils in thi5
f'onnation are typically characterized by moder�te ta higll shrinklswell potentia]. The Kiamichi
Formatio�� generally consists of clay, cal��reous clay at�d limestone in aiternatiilg ]ayers.
Su�surfacc �onditian5 c�3countered in Bnrings 1 thrnugh 7 generally consi5ted of about 3 ft to �
ft [�f �;ra�elly clay andlar clay soils underlain by limestane extending to the 4D ft, 2� ft ar (� ft
termina#ion depths of tlie boring5. Subsurface canditians encoutitered in garing 8 generally
consisted of clay soils extending to tlle G it terrninatiaii depill af the baring. More detailed
stratigraphic information is �resented an the Log of F3oring sheets attached to this report,
and Corresaondin� Stru�tures
2
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
Mast of the materials encountered in the i�orings are relati�ely iinpermeable and are antici}��ted
ta lla�e a relati�ely slow respanse to water mo�ement. Tlierefore, se�eral d�ys ai' obser�atian
would be req�iired t❑ evalu�te actual graur�dwater ]evels within the depths expl�red. Also, the
gra�indwater le��ei at tl�e 5C11]j�Ct site is anti�ipated to #luctuate seasonally depei�ding o�� the
a�nount of rainfall, prc�°ailing weathcr condit�ons, and subsurfa�e draina�;e charactcristics.
Uurin� field ex�lorations, no free �roundwater was encc�ui�tered on drillin� to�71s during drilling
ar in tlle apen �iorehales immediately upon completion of d3•illi�lg. Howe�er, it is conlman to
enca�inter seasonal graundwater Fram nati�ral fractures within the clayey matrix, at the soillrock
(li�nestnne} interta�e or from fractures in the ro�k, particularly dtiri�lg ar a#ter periads af
prccipitation, If more dctaiied groundwatcr infflr�nation is r��uircd, monitori�lg wclls ar
�iez��meter5 ���n be i��5talled
Further details concerning s�i}�surface materials and cotiditions encauntered can be o�itained frorn
the h�ring l�gs provided in the Appendix af this report.
G.0 DESIGN RE�OMMENI]ATI�NS
The follr�wing c�esign recoEnmenc�ations were developed on the basis of the }�re�iously described
Project Characteristics {Section 2.�} and General Su}�surface Canditians (Sectior� 5.0}. Shousd
the praject criteria cha�ige, in�3tiding the building and tank lo�atians an the site, our affice shauld
conduct a re�iew to detcrmine if rnaditi�atians to the recomme�ldations are required. Furtl3er, it
is reco�nmendcd ❑ur nf�ce bc pro�idcd witl� a capy of the final plans and specificatir�ns f�r
re�iew prior to construction.
Tile following desig�i criteria gi�e�l in this report were developed ass�iming the stnictures are
constructed at the fina] grades as sl�own on the referenced preliminary grading plans. Cutting
and filli��g on thc sitc diff�rent than rcprescntcd an thc rcfcrenced pr�]iil�inaiy gradin� plans can
alter the recn�i>>nended fc�tindatic�n desi�n �ai-aElleters. There�nt-�, it is reco�ninended nur oftice
be co»tacted once tinal site �radin� plans are a�ailable t� �erify appropriate design parameters
are utilized for final foundation design.
G.1 Potentia� Seasonal Mo�ements
Qur F1I7i{lI]�5 incii�ate the �'nundations for ihe pump statinn, the rh�ater stara�;e tank anci
hydra�neumatic tank constructed according to tile pro�ided gratiin� p1an5 could
expe�•ience soil-related patential movements af� up to aboui Z i�lches due i❑ skirinking ancf
swelling of acti�°e clays. �ur estin�a#es at potential seasana] �ro�en�ents are predicated
0�1 tlle assu�nption that any fil] required to raise the grade cansists of ai}site nr si�nilar
soils wit� a�lasticity index of 3Q or Iess. lf fill �nat�rial with a plasti�ity indcx �;reater
tflan 30 is used, potential ma�ements cnuld exceed Z inches.
Tllis potential seasona[ �31a�vealie�lt was esti��ated in getieral accord�nce witli inethods
outlined hy Texas ❑epartme�lt ❑t Transpartatian [TxD�Tj Test Methad Tex-124-E, from
resufts of absorption swcll tcsts, and cngincering jt�dgmcnt and experience. Estimated
moverncnts were calculated assumin� the moisture cnnte�t nf the in-situ soil v�Tithin the
norrrial zone of seasonal moisture c�ntent chan�e �aries between a"dry" c�ndixian and a
"�vet" �andition as c�efined hy Tex-l24-�. Als�, it was assumed at least 1 psi surcharge
3
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
load from the floor slabs andlor tank floor acts on the suhgrade soils. Mavements
exceeding those predicted a�a�e cauld ac�ur if pasicive drainage of s�ir#'ace water is iiot
mai�ltained or if sails are stibject to an autside water source, such as leakage from a iitility
line or subsiirface inoisture migration from off-site locations.
We understand it could bc desired to rcduce potcntial scasonal mo�ements ❑f the
structures to abaut l inch. Patential �no��ements c�uld 6e retiucec� to a6out 1 inct� by
placinb at least 2 ft ot' non-expatisi�e fill belaw the finished pad ele�ation for t11e pu�np
statran and t]le ��°ater starage ta�lk. Potential mo�ei�ients ❑f tlle ]lydropneumatic tank �aiz
be reduced to aUout l i�ich by embedding the spread footing foundatians at ]east � ft
b��ow �nal grad�. Any additianal �li rcqt�ircd tfl raisc th� �;ra�c shotild consist of �nsit�
❑r similar snil witl} a plasticity index af 3� ar less. The i�nn-expansi�e fil! shauld exte:nd
thrU�ighout the entire f��inciation area ai�d belaw any adjacent flatwork for which it is
desired ta reduce potential ma�ements. Non-expansi�e fll shc�uld not exiend past the
]imits of a permanent moisture barrier siich as flatwflrk or pavement. Non-expansi�e fill
could cansist of select fill, flexiblc base inatcrial or onsite processed limestone as
drsc�isscd in Scction 7.3 of this report.
6.2 SEa�-nn-Grade Foundatinn far the Pump S#atic�n Buildin�
The pump station slab fQundatian should be designed �vith exterior and interior grade
beams ade�uate ta pro�ide siiffcie��t rigidity to the foundatia� system. A net allowable
bcarin� pressure of 2,D ki��s per sq ft may he �scd for dcsign nf al! �;rade bcams bcarin�
on u�tdisttirbed cuts in nati�e ciay soils, on competent limest�ne ar o�l fsl{ nlaterial }�laced
as recaya�mended in Section 7.3 of- ihis repart. Grade �eams should bear a minii�iun�
depth ❑f ] 2 inches below f�nal grade a��d shauld have a mi�limum width of 10 i�lches for
bearing capacity considerati�ns.
Tc� reduce cra�kin� as normal mo�•ements ❑ccur in fnundation snils, all g:-ac�e beams anci
the floor slab should be ade�uately reinforced with steel (cors�ei�ti�nal reinfarcing steel
andlor post-tension reinf'orcement}. It is camma�l ta experience same minor cosmetic
distress to structures witli s[aU-on-grade fa�indatia�l systems due ta norn�al ground
mo�ements. A properly designed ai�d constru�ted mo�sture harrier should be placed
hctwccn tltie slah and sub�;rade soils to retard moishire ir�igration thrnu�;h the slab.
6.3 Past-Tensionin� lnstitute, ❑esi�n nf P�st-Tensianed Slab Fvundati�rn
Pro�ided belflw is informatifln for tlle design of post-tejlsioned, slab-on-grade faundatio�l.
❑esign para�netcrs pro�ided E�clow were e�aluated hascd an the canditions encou�:te�-ed
in the borin� and usin�; infnrmatio�3 and corrclations publishcd by PTl Th€rd Edition and
VQLFLQ 1.5 comptrter pr�gram pro�ided by Geostructusai Tc�ol Kit, Inc. �GTI}.
4
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
TABLE B: PTI Design Parameters
Patentia! Seasonal Mn�erttents = 2 inches
�
�
�
EUGE L[FT CE:VTER L1FT
Edge Mnisttirc Qistancc (c�,}, ft 4.2 H.0
Diflereniia! Soil Movemeni �y�„}, inches l.5 {swell} l.l (shrinkj
TABLE C: PTI Design Para�neters
Potential Seasar�al Mo�ernents = I inch
f'ter Sub rade Im ro►�ement as Uiscussed ir� �ection 5.i
EI]GE 1,[FT Cr�ITER I.,IFT
�dge Moisture Distan�e {e�„}, ft 4.2 S.0
Uifferenti��l 5oi1 Mo�ement (y,�,}, inches 1.3 {Swell} 0.9 (shrink)
6.4 BRf1B and WRi Parameters for Slab Foundation
Thc foundatia�i for thc pump station could be designed using the Building Rcsearch
Advisory Bnard Repnrt Nn. 33 (I3RAS} as a�uideline. Afternatively, the fnundatinn
may be designed 6ased an the Uesign of Slab-[3n-C'7r�und Foundations pubiished f�y the
Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. (Aug., 198]). BRAB and WRI parameters are
tabulated below.
Table D: BRAB & WRI ❑esi n Criteria
PVR Candition Potential Mnvernent - 2'rnches
Design Viethod BRAS VL'RI
Cliir�atic Rating (Cw} l7 l7
Effe�ti�•e Plasti�sty Index 23 23
Sup��ort [ndGx {C'} �.92 --
SoillClii��atic Ratin�; Nactar (1-C) -- [�_{}g
Maximu�l� A�•�;. I3earn Spacin�; (ft} -- 22
LJnconfined Compressi�e 5tsen�tl� (tsf} l.0 --
5
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
���aU�e i�: tsxats c� wx1 l�es� n l�r�ter�a
Potential Mo�°ement - 1 inch
PVR �'onditian [Following Subgrade lmpro�ement
as Recommended ir� Section G.I}
Desi�n �7eth[�d BRAB WR1
Climatic Rating (Cw) 17 17
�ffective Plasticity Index 20 20
5upport I�ldex tC) �.95 --
SoillClimati� Rating Factor [ i-C:} -- a.45
Maximum A�g. �3carn Spacing (ft) -- 2U
Un�onfined Compressi�e Strengtl� {tst} l ,U --
b.5 Shallow Foundat'rons for Water Stora�e Tank and HvdropnQumatic Tank
�
�
�
As C�l5CU55iC�, wc und�rstand the watcr st�ragc tank will bc supparted with a ringwall
footin� and the hydrap�cun�atic tank will be supported on s�read fc�ntings. The water
stc�rag� tank and hydre�pneumatic tarsk will ear:h be siibject ta poter�tial seasonal
mo��ements of about 2 in�hes as discussed in Se�tion 6.1. �'otential �na�ements of the
water storage ta�lk could be reduced ta abaut 1 i��cli by placin� at least 2 f� af no�i-
expansi�e fi]1 Fnaterial below final grade, as described in Section G.1 aba�e. Potentia]
scasana] mnvcments of tl�c hydropneumatic tank cauld h� rcduccd to abaut l incl� by
embeddin� the fontings at least � ft hclow final grade.
Ii1 addition to foundations mo�eme�lts due ta potencial seasaylal mo�ements, the water
starage tank foundation will also be subje�t to consolidation settlement of the underlying
clay soils. We estimate consolidatio�� settletraent will not exceed about l in�13.
Diff�rcntia] s�ttl�ments arc �sti�nat�d to bc up to �baut 75 p�rccnt of total setticm�nt,
Sliallaw found��tions bearin� an unciisturbed cuts in nati�e c[��y soifs or on c�mpetent
limestane can be proportianed usiiig an allowahle bearitig pressure of� 2.4 kips per sq ft.
All foatings shauld bear at least Z ft l�elow tinal grade. Cailti»uaus ri�lgwail ffloti�lgs
shauld ha�e a minimum width af 1�i in�hes and spot footings shauld ha��e a least
dim�nsion of 24 inches far b�aring capacity cansidcrations.
Careful monitoring durin� construction is necessary to �erify the faatings bear c�n a firtn
nattve subgrade. Any pockets ar sea�ns of uns�iitable materials, which might be
en�auntered in ex�avations far faoti��gs, sl�ould be removed a��d replaced wit]Z lean
concrete (about 2,Ut]U psi strength at 28 days} ar struchiral con�rete.
Resistance to sliding will lae c�e�elt�}�ed by fri�tion alon� the hase c�f th� footin�s, and
passi�e earth pressua-e acting otl the �=ertical face af the foatings and a{passible} key
installed in ihe base of the fo�tings (if required). We re�omrnend a �aef'ficient of base
fri�tian af [�.�i aloi�g tl�e battom of the faatings. For faatings and (passible} keys Uearing
a�ainst t�ndi5turbed cuts ii� native �lay soi[s ar against fill inaterial �laced as
�
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
recornrrtended in Section 7_3 ❑f this report, an allowa6le uniform passi�•e earth pressure
of' S�0 psf'may be used. An allawable passr��e earth pressure of 1,�00 psf can be used for
footi�igs bearing against vertical �uts i� competent limestane. Passive resistance shauld
be neglected for any portio�l of the fou�ldation witl�in 2 ft of the fina] site grade.
5.5 Seismic Considerations
Tlie Site Class for seismic desig�l is hased ori se��era] i'actors that include soil proiile (sail
or rack), shear wave velacity, and strength, a�eraged a�er a depth of 1�0 f't. Since aur
bori3lgs did not extend to i�D-foot depths, we b�sed our deten�zinations on t]Ze
assusn�tion that tl7c suhstirfacc matcrials b�low t11c bottom nf ti1� borings wcre similar to
tho5e encnuntered ��t the terminatior� depth. Based on Sectinn l G l 3.3.2 af the 2� 12
Intemational Buildi�lg Code and Table 2�.3-1 in the 2010 I�SCE-7, we recominend usin�
Site Class C(�ery dense sUil and soft rack} %r seismic design at this site.
6.7 Pa�°ement
Tc� per�nit carrelaticna betwees� ii�for�rsation frc�m test borin�s and actual subgra�e
conditions expased during construction, a qua[ified Geotechnical Engineer shauld be
retained to provide subgrade manitoring a�id testing during �onstruction. IF there is any
change in praject criteria, the recomme�idations co�ltained in this report should be
re�iewed by our office.
Calculations used to determine the reyuired pa�ement thickstess are based only ori the
physical and e�lgineering propertie5 ai� the ��iaterials and corlventional thickness
determinatian pro�ed�ires. Pavement jaini�3g the buildin�s should be canstructed wich a
curb ai�d tl�e jaint between the building and curb shoi�ld he sealed. Related ci�i] desig��
factors si�Gh as subgradc draina�e, sl�nulder suppnrt, cross-SCGtinnal configuratiar�s,
surfa�e eleWations, reinforcing steel, joint desi�;n and en�irc�rsr�lental factors will
significantly aFfect the ser�ice life an�i must be i�lcluded in preparation of the
canstructioti drawings atid specifications, but were not iticluded iti the scope of tllis study.
Normal periadic maintenance will be reqtiired for all pa�eme�lts to achie�e the desigi� lif'e
of the pavement system.
Ftecommendations fc�r Portland cement cc�ncrete (PCC} and aspflalt concrete (f1C}
pa�ement are pra�icled bel��v. These types of pa�ement are not considered equal in
perf'onliarlce. Asphali con�rete pavemeni shauld be expected �a have a shorter life and
higher mai��tenance costs.
Plc�a.se notc�, the recomincnded pavcmcnt scctions pro��idcd below are cansidcred thc
�ilinimum ilecessary ta ps-o�ide satisf��ctory performance t�ased an the expected traffic
lc�ading. I�1 same cases, City t1�i�limum statidards Far pa�ement sectian �anstruction may
exceed those pravided below.
�
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
b.7.1 Pavement Subgrade Preparation
�
�
�
I�Z areas where clay soiis are expased af'ter fir�al subgrade elevation is achieved,
the expased suz-face ❑f the pa�ement subgrade sail should Ue scarified to a depth
of 5 inches and mix�d with a�nini��num G perccnt hydrat�d limc (by dry soil
w�i�;ht} in confc�rma��ce with Tx�DT Standard S}}ecification ltc�n 2�0. Assumin�
an in-place unit ��=eibht of 100 �cf far the pa�ement subgrade soils, this
percentage oi' li��le equates ta about Z7 lbs oi' li��ie per sq yard of treated subgrade.
Tlle actual amot�nt of lime required should be cflnfirmed by addrtiana] laboratary
tests (ASTM �: 977 Appendix XI} prior ta �anstntction. T]le soil-lime mixture
shotild he campact�d tn at lcast 95 pGrcent of st�ndard Proctor maximum dry
density {ASTM U 698) a��d withii} the ra���e nf (� to 4�ercenta�e points ab[���e the
«lixture's optimuir� mai5ture co�ltent. in all areas where hydrated lim� is used t�
stabili�e subgrade soil, routine Atterberg-lirnit tests should he per#armed ta �erify
the resulting plasticity index of tlie soil-lime mixture is aclor belaw l5.
lt is rccammendcd limc stabili�ation praccdures cxtend at ]cast 1 f't bcyond thc
cd�e nf the pa�e�nent tn reduce effects of seasonal shrinking and swelli�l�; upan
the extreme edges r�f pa�e��ient.
As ai� a]tern�tive, installation of 6 inches af flexible base material could be
utilia.ed in lieu nf ]ime stabili�ation as a methad of subgradc in�pro�ement.
Flexibl� base Sht�tild mcct TxDDT Standard Spe�ificati�n Itcm 247 Grade l ar 2,
Type A c�r ❑. Flexible ba5e shc�uld be compacted to a minimiim of 95 percent c�f
the materials maxiti�uri� statidard Proctoz• dry derisity (�1STM 698) at a moisture
content of -2 to -�2 percentage paints af aptin�um moisture.
Irnpro�emcnt nf thc pa��cmcnt sul��radc sai] will not prc�cnt nnrir�al scasonal
mo�ement of the un�es-lyin� u�treated materials. Pa�e�r�ent and ntl�es- t�latwork
will ha�e the same potential for �no��emei7t as slabs constructed directly c�n the
existi�lg undisiurbed soils. Ttieref'ore, go�d perimeter suriace drainage with a
mi3limum slape af 2 percent away fra3n tiie pa�eme�lt is recamme3lded. T11e use
of sand a� a leveling �ourse below pa�eme�t supp�rted an expansi�e clays sh�uld
bc a�oidcd. Norr�al �naintenance af pavcment shnuld be expectcd nvcr the life af
the structures.
(.7.2 Asphalt Concr�te Pa�vement
Subgrade preparation as des�ribcd in Sectio�l �i.7.1 above is re�uired for aspl}alt
concretc pa� emcnt.
In li�ht-d�ity traffc areas (passeri�er �eliicle parkin� and areas up to al�out
1�0,000 I8-kip eqt�ivalent axle laad repetitians}, the pa�ement sectifln �an
�aiisist of at least 5 i�lches of asphalt cancrete. This section could be
composcd of 2 incl�es of surfacc course (Tx�UT Standard Spccifi�atian ftcm
34(] — Ty�e D Surface Course} n�er 3 inches of as�halt concrete laase cc�urse
(TxD�T Standa.rd Specificatian Item 340 - Type A or B Base Caurse} and
overlying � subgrade prepared as recQinmended in Sectian b.7.1.
�
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
2. In inc�der��te-duty trdf�c areas (c�rive l�nes, and areas up to about 30�,O�JO 1 S-
kip equi�alent axle laad repetitians}, tlie pa�enient sectran can cozisist of at
le�st 6 inclles of asphalt ca�lcrete. This sectio�l could be composed of 2 i�lches
❑t surta�e course (TxDC]T Standard Spe�ification Item 344 — Type D Surface
Caursc) ❑�er 4 in�l�es ot as�3halt concrete base course {TxI]UT Standard
S��cification Item 34Q — Type A nr I3 I3ase Cc�urse} and o�'erlying a sub�radc
prepared as recommencied in Section 6.7.1.
3. The coarse aggregate in the surface cflurse should l�e �amposed of� angular
crushed iimestane ratlier tl3a�� sn�ooth gra�el.
5.7.3 Partland-Cement Concrete Pa�ement
Lime treatment of the ciay pa�ement subgrade as described in Sectian 6.7.1 ahoWe
is reca�nmended far drive lanes, fire lanes, and pavement subject to tnick and
dumpster traf�c. Lime treatm�nt of the pa�en�ent subgrade is �lot ne�essary fflr
PCC pa��cm�nts subjccted exclt��ively t0 ]3r�55Gl7�CC VC}i1CiC tl'�i�F1C, altl�ou�h li�n�
treatment in tk�ese areas would be �;e��eraliy kaeneficial to tl�e lnn�;-te:-n�
perforr�lance of the pa�ement. Prio�- tc� canstructian of pa�emerst on untreateci
clay subgrade soil, the exposed subgrade shauld be scarified ta a depth of at least
G inclles and �ampacted to at least 95 percent of standard Practor n�aximu3n dry
dei�siry (ASTM [] �9H} and withii� the ra��ge of � to 4 percentage points ab��e ihe
n�atcrial's opti�31t33n tnaisture �ontcnt.
Pavement can then co�lsist of 5 inches ai� adequately reinf�r�ed PCC in areas
subjected ex�lusi�ely to passenger �ehicle trafiic. A minimum af G inches PCC is
recamn�ended i�1 drive lanes, fire la�les and areas subject ta ligl�t �°oluine tru�k
traffic. A minimum ❑f 7 in�hes of PCC' is rccammc��dcd for du�n��stcr traf�c
as-eas or pa��mei�t subj�ct tc� inoderate ��olume tr�ick traffic. Portianci-cement
cancrete shc�uld ha�e a minimtiim compressi��e stre�igth of 3,�00 lE�s pe�- sy itich
(psi) at 28 days in ligllt-duty traffic areas ar�d 3,504 psi ir� moderate-duty and
tr�ick traffic areas. Coi�crete should be designed with 5+ 1 percent e�ltrained air.
3air�ts in �on�rete pa�ing should nat exceed ] 5 ft. Reinforcing steel shouid
ct�nsist �ff Nn. 3 bars placcd at l$ inchcs an-ccntcr in twn dire�tians.
Alternately, lime-stabilization of the cfay pa�ement stibgrade supporting PCC
paveyne»[ could be elitnirlated by increasing the correspanding PCC thickness
presented in the pa�en�ent sectians aba�e for drive ]az�es, fire lanes, a��d pa��eanent
suhjected to tnick and dumpster traffic by 1 inch. Prior co �ar►structian af
pavemc��t an untrcated �lay sub�rade sail, the cxposed subgrade shauld be
scarif ed ta a depth oF at least 6 inches and cornpacted tn at least 95 percent of
standard PrQctar tr�axiir�um dry density (ASTM D 698) and wi#hin the range of 0
to 4 per�entage paints ahove tlle material's opti�nu�n moisture c�ntent.
E
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
b.7.4 All Weather Aggregate Surfacing
�
�
�
We understand ail-weather aggregate surfacing may be used in same areas of the
pun�ping facility. We recom��lend the all-weather aggregate surta�e consist af a#
least � inchcs of flcxihlc hasc material placed abo�e a recompactcd soil suhgrade.
Flexi�le base material shoulci conforin to the requirerr►ents of TxUOT Standard
Specification Item 247, G�•ade 1 ar 2, Type A or D. Tlie i7exible base material
should he compacted to at least 95 perce�lt ai' sta�idard Proctor maxin�um dry
density and witl�in 2 percentage points af the �naterial's a�timuir� moisture
contcnt.
Please nUte, the ab���e descF-i�ed •aagregate surf��ce is considered an ��IE-weather
surface rather tiian a full depth pa��enient section. Therelace, maititenance and
re�air wark is expected ta �naintain a relati��ely smaoth surface �andition.
Reg�ilar monitoring should Ue conducted ta identify rutti�lg, pothaling and general
detcrinration of thc surfac�. Ai�y �otholcs and rut5 5hould be fillcd wsth imported
flexible base maierial t�f si€nilar [�r }�i�;lze�- quality ratl�er than existin� material
bladed fram adjacent areas. In daing 50, the remediated area shauld be Scarified
ta a depth of at Ieasi 3 inches prior ta placing ihe imported f`lexible base material
to the reqt�ired grade. Failure to make timely repairs wil] result in more rapid
det�rioration of the roadways, making mare cxtea�sive repairs nccessary.
6.$ Draina�e and Qther Cnnsider�#ivns
Adequate drainage shoiild he pravided to redtice seasonal variations ili the moist�ire
content af foiindation sails. All pa�eir�ent a��d sidewalks within S ft of the struct�ires
shc�uld bc slnpcd away from th� stnictur-es ta prc�cnt �rn��di�3g of watcr arnund th�
structures. H inal �rades within 5 ft c�f the strt��t►ires should 6e adjusted [n slo�e away
fram the structures at a minir-il�irn slo�e of 2 percent. Maintaining positi��e surface
draina�e throughout the life of the structures is essential.
In areas ��ith pa�e�nent ar side��°alks adja�ent to the new structure, a positi�e seal mus# be
maintained bctwecn thc structurc and thc pa�cmcnt ar ssdcwalk tn minimi7c sccpagc af
water into the tmderlyin� supportin� sai�s. Pc�st-ct�nstruction rno�ement c�f �a�ement and
flatwork is cam�iion. No�'mal maiiitena�ice should include examination of afl joints in
paving a�ld sidewalks, etc. as we]] as resealing where necessary.
Se�eral factnrs relatc to ci�i] and archite�tural design ai�dlnr maintenai�ce, wllich cai�
si�ni��antly affect futurc mo�emcnts of thc fnundation and flnor slab system:
F'referably, a cc�ir�plete syste�ii of �;utters and do��°ns�auts shoul�t carry
runaff water a minimum af 5 feet fror�i the ca�npleted stnicture.
2, Large trees and sllrubs sl�ould nat Uc allaw�d closcr to tl3c fatindatian than
a horizontal distance equal to rou�hly nne-half of thcir mature hei�ht due
to their sign�i-icant moisture de�nand upon maturing.
10
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
3. Maisture conc�itions should be maintained "constant" araund the ecige af
the slab. P�nding af water in planters, in unpa�ed areas, and ara�ind joints
in pa�ving and sidew�lks can ca�ise siab r�lavements beyond those predicted
in this report.
4. Plantcr brsx structure5 ��laced adjacent to thc buildin� shnuld �c pro�ided
���ith a means to assure cancentratic�ns af water are not available to the
subsoil stratigraphy.
5. The root systems fr�m any existing trees ac this site will ]la�°e dried and
d�siccat�d thc surrnunding clay sails, resultin� in soil with ncar-maximum
swell pntenti��L C'lay Soils 5urr�undin� tree ront mats within the bu:lc�ing
areas or areas ta be co��ered with �rade slabs (includin�;, but nat li�llited to,
pa�ement, sidewalks and eq�iipment pads) shauld be rerna�ed to a depih
oi� at least 1 ft �elow the root ball, ar ta tl�e tap surface af limesta�le
(��1liche�ei- is en�auntered first} and campacted in-place witl� mo�sture and
dci�sity control as describcd i�7 Sectian 7.:i of tfiis report, belaw,
Trench backfill for utilities shauld be properly placed and compacted a5 outlinec� in
Section 7.3 of this report and in accardance with requiremertts af� lacal City s€aiidards.
Sin�e granular bedding bac�Cfill is used far �r�ast utility ]ines, fhe ba�ktilled trench shauld
n�rt became a canduit and allnw ac�ess for surface ar subsurface water to tra�cl toward
thc ncw stru�turc. Cor�crctc ctit-off �nllars ❑r Glay plugs sl�tnuld bc providcd where utility
lines crass building lines t� pre�ent water fram tra�elit�� in tl�e trench backfill anc€
eniering beneaih tlle �iructure.
7.0 GENERAL CDNSTRiICTION PROCEDURES AND RECDMMENDAT�OI�S
Variations in subsurface conditions could be encountered during canstruction. To permit
correlation beiween test boring data a�id actual su�surface conditions encountered durin�
constructiar�, it is recam�llei�ded a registered Professianal ��3gii�eering firm be retained ta
observe coi�stru�tion procedures and materials.
Soine �onstruction problems, particuiarly degree or magnitude, camlat be anii�ipated until the
coi�rse of c�nstruction. The recami�endatians ❑ffered in t11e fallowii�g paragraphs are intended
not to ]imit or preclude ather �on��i�able solutians, hut rathcr ta pro�idc aur obscr��atians based
o�� nut- experici�ce and understanding �f thc }}ro.ject charactcristics and subsurface cnnditions
encount�red in the borin�.
7.l Site Prenarativn and Gradin�
Lim�stnne was e3l�ountered as shall�w as aboist 3 ft beiaw the grou�ld surface ii1 t]Ze
horin�;s and could bc �ncountcrcd during ��ncral sitc exca�ation, Frflm our experienc�,
this limestt�ne can 6e hard anc� may be difficult ta exca�ate. The dif��ulty ❑f exca�=atin�
this material can increase ��vith depth. Rock exca�ation niethc�ds (including, �ut not
limi�ed ta rock teeth, rippers, jack hammers, ar sawcutting} may be rec�uired tQ rerna�e
limestone. Crushiaig equipme�lt may be required to �}3"OC�55 the li�r�est�ne far use as
contro]]�d fill. Thc cantractor scic�ted shnuld ha�� cxperic»cc with cxca��ation in this
limestone.
�
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
�111 areas supportin� fountiations, flatwork, pa�ement and areas to recei��e new fill sh�}uld
be properly prepai•ed.
After �ompletion of tlle necessary stripping, clearing, a�ld exca�ati3�g, a�tid prior ta
pla�ing any rcquir�d fill, tl7c �xposed soil sLibgrade should be carcfully c�aluatcd
by ��raf�in� and testin�. Any und�sirabic inaterial �organic matci-ial, wet, snft, ar
l�ose Soil} still in place shouLd be remo�ed.
Tlle exposed soi] stibgrade should be further e�a]uated by praof-r�lling with a
hea�y pneun�atic tired roller, toaded dump truck ar similar equipment weighing
approximat�ly 2� tons ta ch�ck far pnckcts ❑f soft ar loosc matcrial hiddc��
beneath a thin crust of possil�ly better sail. Prnc�f rc�llin�; prvicedures 5hc�tild �e
abserved r�utinely by a Pr�fc:ssional Engineer t�r their designated representati�e.
Any undesirable material (organic inaterial, wei, saft, or laose soil) exposed frorn
the praot=rall shauld be rema�ed and replaced with well-compacted material as
outlined in Section 7.�.
Pric�r to �lacc�l�e��t nf a�7y fill, the expt�sed sc�il sub�rac�e sh[�uld then �c scarified
t� a minimum [�epth af 6 iElrhes and recainpacted as outtined in Section 7.3.
if till is to he placed on existing slopes (nattiral or canstructed} steeper tha�l six horizontal
to one �erti�a] tG: ]), the till ir�aterials shotild be benched inta tl�e existing s]opes in such a
manncr as t� �3ro�idc a 171117iST111IT7 be��ch widtl� of fi�e (5} fcet. ThEs shnuld prn�ide a
aoa[� co�ltact betweeii the existin� soils a�td new fill �liaterials, reduce potents��l sliding
planes and a{low relatively hori�ontal liii placements.
F.,�en if ti]] is properly campa�ted as recnm��ended in Section 7.3 of tl�is report, fi]]s in
ex�css of abaut lD ft ar� Still subjcct ta s�tticinents o�cr timc of up ta abaut 1 to 2 percc��t
❑f the Ental fill tl�ickness. 1'his should be considered when desi�ning titility lii�es unciet-
pa�e�nents or ather flatwark, and far retainina wall backfill.
Slope stability anaiysis of emba�lkments ��latural or constructed} and global stability
analy�is for retaining walls was not �=ithizt the scape of this stu�y.
The contraGt�rr is res}�nnsible fnr desi�;r�ing any exca��atinn 59c�pes, temp�rary sheeting ar
shoring. Design af tkie5e structures should include any i�liposed 5urface surcharges.
C'a�lsiruction site sai'ety is t11e sole respansibility of' the �ontractor�, who shall also be
salely respflnsible for tl�e mea�ls, methads and sequen�i�ig of constructaan ❑peratioi�s.
The contract�r should alsa hc awarc that slape h�ight, slopc inclination or exca�ation
depths (includin� utility trench exca�ations} should in nn casc exceed those speci�ed in
local, state andlor federal safety re�ulations, such as pSH� Health and Safety Standarc�
far Exca�ations, 29 CFR Part l9?6, c�r su�cessor regulations. Stockpiles should be
placed well ar��ay from tlle edge at� ttie excavatian and their 1leigllts shauld be co�ltrolled
sa they do not surcharge tlle sides of the excavation. Surfa�e drainage shfluld be
car�fuliy cantrolled to prc�ent flaw af wat�r o�cr the slapes andlor into tl�e excavatians.
Constructinn sln�es shnuld be closely ol�servcd for si�ns nf ma5s movement, includin�
tension cracks near the crest or h�ilging at the tae. If potentia! 5tability problems are
abser��ed, a geotech�iica] engineer shotild be contacted imr�lediateiy. Shoring, bracing or
12
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
underpinnin� required for the }�rc�ject (if any) should be �esigned by a professional
e�igineer re�istered in the State af Texas.
❑ue t� the nature of tl�e clay sails faund near the surface at some af tl�e horings, trafti� of
hca�y equipmcnt �including hea�y com�2ctioi� ��uip�ncnt} �nay crcat� �um}3ing and
�e��erai detcrsoratioi� of shallow soils. Tl�cref�re, so�ne cnnstr��ti�n difficufties shnuld
be anticipated during �eriads when these sails are saturated.
7.2 Fnundation Exear°atians
All foundation cxca��ations should bc monitarcd to �Grify foundatiosls bcar an suitablc
material. The bearin� stratum expnsed in the �ase [�f al] fou�zdatinn exca�=atinn5 should �ae
protected agai�lst any detri�nental change in conc�iti�ns. Surface ru�lUff water should be
drained away fram exca�a#ions and nat allowed to coiieci. All concrete far Coundations
should be pla�ed as sflon as practical af�er the exca�atian is tnade.
Pr�longcd cxpflsurc af thc hcaring surfa�c to air or watcr will result in change5 in
stren�th anci co��lpressibility c�f the bearin� 5tratu�r�. "I'lierefare, if delays c�cctir,
exca�atians should be slightly deeperted an[� cleaned, in order to pro�ide a fresh bearing
suriace.
7.3 Fill Compactinn
Material5 u5ed as seler:t, non-ex�aai�si�e �naterial should ha�e a liy�.iid limit less than 35, a
p[asticity index (PI) nat less than about 4 nor greaser than 15 and con�ain no more thai�
�.5 perce�lt fibrotis arganic n�aterials, by weigl�t. All select materi�] sllould cantai�l n❑
deleterious materia] and sl�ould he compacted to a dry density of at least 95 percent
standard Prnctor maximum dry density {ASTM D��9$} and within the t-an�e c�f �
]�ercentag� p�ii3t bele�w tn 3 per�enta�e }�oiizts abn�e tl�� materiaE's nptimum inoisture
content. The plasticity ir�dex and liquid limit af �zl�lterial used a5 select, �Zan-expansi�e
material should be routinely �erified cfuring place�nent usitig laboratory tests. Visual
observation and classification should nat be relied upon �O C011flil7l the material ta be
used as select, non-expansi�e material satisfies tl�e abo�e plasti�ity index and liquid limit
criteria.
Flexible base used as no�i-expansi�e fill in the building pad, the water starage tank and
hydropneumatic tailk area yhoul�] �onsi5t of' material meeti��g tlle reqLiire�nents af` Tx�OT
Standard Speciticatians Ite�rs 247, Type A, I3, C, ar D, Grade 1, 2 or 3. The flexible l�ase
shauld bc coinpacted ta at lcast 95 percent af sta��dard Pro�tar maximum dry density
{ASTM D b9�) and r�°ithin the ran�e of 2 perccnta�;c point5 below tn 2 perce��tage paints
abo�e the material's optimum m�3isture content.
13
ALPHA Report No. W152�58 �
�
�
Pr�cessed liinestone used �ts fill should be com��acted to at least 95 percent of standarc�
Practor maxirnum dry density. The compacted maisture content af the processed
limestone is nat cansidered cruci�l t❑ proper perfarman�e. However, if the material's
maisture content during placeme�zt is within 3 percentage poiiits af ❑ptiaa��i�n, the
compactive cffart r�q�iircd to achie�e the minimt�m campactian critcria n�ay be
minimizcd. Indi�idual rock pic�es larger than b inches in dimcnsicro shnuld noc be uscd
as fill. Hawe�er, sf rock fi[I is utilized within 3 ft below the hattom af flc�ar s[abs, tt�e
maxi�num allowahle size of indi�rdual rock pieces should be reduced to 3 ii�ches.
Processec� ti»iestane used as C11 should iilcarporate sufti�ient fines to pre�ent the
presence af ��aids araund larger diameter rock pie�es. A gradation af at least 4[� percent
passing a 5tandard No. 4 sic�c is rccotnme�adcd. In addition to the r�c�tiircmcnts abo��,
�rncessed rn�k used as fill in uuildi��; area shc�ul� ha�e a}�lasticity index less than l5.
Tlle recotnrnendations below perCain to �ll place�nent �or general site graditig autside the
pti�rp station buildii�g pad and water starage tank pad. All fi]] placed i�i the ptimp station
building pad and ��ater storage tank pad sho�i�d �onfarm to the re�uirements in Section
6. i of this report, ah�r�c.
C�ay and gra�elly clay soil5 with a plastieity index equ�ll ta or greater than 25 should be
campacted to a dry density between 93 and 98 percent oi' standard Practor maximu�n dry
density {ASTM D U98}. The campacted moisture conte�lt af tlle clays dtiri�lg placeme�lt
shnuld l�c ���ithin the range af 2 ta 6 per�entage points aho�c optimun�.
Ciay and �ra�efiy clay sails witfl a plastirity index less than 2S siiotild be compacteci to a
dry density beiween 93 and 98 percent of'standard Proctor maxim�im dry density {ASTM
❑ 69�). The �ampacted n�oisture contet�t af the clays duri��g placement should be wit]lin
the range af -2 ta +2 perce�ltage paints of optimum.
Clayey sc�ils used as �11 shnuld he �rc�cessed and the lar�est particle or cic�d shc�uld 6e
less than b inches priar to campactian.
in cases where eicher mass tills ❑r �tility lines are mflre than l0 ft deep, the fi]]IUacktill
belaw ](] ft should Ue compacted ta a# least �3Y percent of standard Proctor maximuir� dry
dcnsity (ASTM D-69�3} and within 2 percenta�e pnints �f th� matcrial's �rptsinum
moisture cantent. �I'he }�nrtion of the �lllb��ckfill shallower than 10 ft should be
compacted as outline� aba�e.
Ca�npaction should be accoil�plis]ied by placing fi]] in about S-inch thick �oose litts
and compacting each lift to at lcast the specitied minimum dry density. Field dcnsity
and moi5ture cantent tests should be performed on cach lift.
14
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
7.4 Groundwater
�
�
�
Grou�ldwater was nat encou�itered i�l tlle L�arings. Hawever, from ❑ur experience,
gra�indwater seepa�e could be encotintered ia� ex�a�ations for faundatians, u#ilities and
other gcneral �xca�atio��s at this site. T��c risk of s�epagc increascs with depth ❑f
cxca��ation a��d durin� nr �fter perinds of }}recipitatiai�. Sta�ldard sum� pits and pumping
may be adeyuate ta contc-ol see�age on a local basis.
In any areas where cuts are made to establish final grades, attentian should be gi�e�� ta
possible seasana] water seepage that cauld occtir throtigl� nattiral cracks and fissures in
thc ncwiy cxpoticd stratigraplly. Afso, t11c risk �f scasonal secp3gG is in�rcascd wh�,rc
lime5tnne is exposed in exca�atinns and slnpes or i5 near final �rade. ln these are��s,
subsurface drains inay be reqiiired to intercep# seasoilal �raundwater see�a�e. Tl�e ileed
far these or oiher de-watering de�ices should be carefully addressed during constructian.
�ur aftice cauld be contacted to �isually abser�e the ti��al grades ta e�aluate the need for
such drains.
15
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
$.0 LIMITATIONS
�
�
�
Prafessianal ser�i�es provided i�l this geote�h�iical explarado�l were performed, li�ldi�lgs
obtained, ai�d reco�nme��dations prepared in accnrdance �°ich generally a�cepted geotech��ical
engineering prin�iplcs ai�d practices. Thc s�npe of ser�ices pro��ded herein does not include an
envir[�n�ncntal assessmcnt nf the site or in�estigation for the pres�nce or a�sence of hazardotis
materials in the soil, surface water or aroundwater. ALPH�I, upan written reyuest, cai� be
retained ta pra��ide tliese ser�ices.
ALPHA TFSTING, INC . is not respnnsible for co�lclusions, o��inions or re�aminendatio�is made
hy othcrs Uascd an this data, Infnrmation containcd in this rcport is intcndcd for tl7c �xclusi�c
use ❑f the Client (��nd their de5i�nated design representati�es}, ar�d is related st�lely tr� desi�n nf
the 5pecific str-uctures outlineti in Sectio�l 2.0. No party �ther than the Client (an[i tlieir
desianated design representati�res} shall use or rely upon this repart in any rnanner w�iaisoe�er
unless sucll party shall ha��e obtained ALPHA's written acceptance of such intended tEse. Any
such third party using this report after �l�taining ALPHA's written a��eptance shall be bound by
thc limitatinns and limitations of liability containcd hcrcin, iriGluding ALPHA'� liability bcing
limited to t11e fee }�aid to it fc�r tliis repo�rt. Rec«mn�endatin��s }�resente:d ii� t11is re�ort sklo�ild �Zot
be used for desi�n of any otfler strLictures except tt�ose 5pecifscally described in tl�is repc�rt. In all
areas oF this repart in wliich ALPHA may provide additiatial ser-vices if' requested ta do so in
writing, it is presun�ed that sucll requests have not been made if not evide�lced by a writte��
document accepted by ALPI���A. Further, s�bsurface cn»ditinns �an cha�3ge with passage of tiine.
Rccn�r�mendations cantaincd hcrcin arc not considcrcd appficable for ai� extended period nf time
after the cosilpl�tion date Uf t11is rep�rt. It is reeo�zlm�nc�ec� au�- affiee be �.oi�tacted f�r a re��iew
of ihe ca�ateiiis oi� ihis report !'or cai�strEictian co��iinencin� more ihan one [ 1} year after
can�pletion of this report. Nan-compliance with any af these require��ents by the Client or
anyone else sl�al] release ALPI-1A from any ]iability resulting fra�n the use of, or relian�e upan.
this rcport.
Rec�»imendations pro�ided in this re}�ort are hased oil our un�erstanding of informati�n
provided by the Client about characteristics of'the project. If'ttie Client notes a�ly de�iatio�l from
the facts aUout project cllaracteristi�s, flur affice should be contacted immediately since this may
materially alter the re�o�r�mendatinns. Furtl�er, ALPI-dA TESTING, INC. is �1ot responsible for
damagcs resultin�; fro�1� workmanship of dcsigners or contractors. lt is recom�ncndcd the L7wncr
retain qualified perst�i�nel, such as a Geotecl�nica� En�;ineering �rm, to �erify construction is
perfor�lied in accordance with platis and 5peciticatioti5.
16
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
A-1 METHODS OF FIELD EXPLORATION
�
�
�
Using sta��dard ratary drilli�lg equipn3ent, a tatal of' eight (S} test b�ri�lgs were perfonllec� for this
geatecl�nicai exploratioi� at the appz-oximate lacations shown an the Baring I_o�atian Plan, Figure
1, Thc tcst borii�g location5 were staked by e�tl�er pacing or ta�ing and estimating right angles
fron� landmarlc5 which could he identified in t11c �eld and as shnwn t�n th� 5ite ��lan �rn�idcd
during this study. The l�cations of test borings shown on the Soring Location P[an are
considered accurate only to the degree implied by the methads used to define them.
Relati�ely tindisturbed saniples af the cohesi��e subsi�rface materials were oUtai�led by
hydraulicafly prc5sing 3-in�h Q.�, thin-wall sampling ttib�s into t11c ttndcrlying sails at selectcd
depths (ASTM D 1587}. These sa�n�kes were remo�ed frnrn the sa�nplin� tubes in tl}e �eld and
examined ��isua�[y. C�ne representziti�e partion of each sample was sealed in a plastic ba� for �ise
in future Wisual exarninations and possibie testing in t�e labaratory.
A moditied �ersion of the Texas t:ane Pe��etration {TCP} test was campleted in the tielc� t❑
dctcrn�inc thc a��arcnt in-placc 5trength charactcristics of the ra�k typc matcrial5. A 3-inch
diametcr steel cone dri��en by a 170-pound ha�nmer drop}3ed 24 inches is tl�e basis for TxDQT
strength c�rrelatic�ns. In this case, ALPH�1 TESTINCs, INC. has Enodified the pracedure by using
a 140-paur�d ha��imer dropping 30-inches f'ar ca�npletion of the iield test. ❑epending on the
resistan�e [strength} of the materials, either the �lu»lUer af blows ❑f the hammer reqtiired t❑
pro�ide ] 2 ii�c�es of penctration, or t]Ze inches of penetratio�l of the cone due t❑ l U� blaws of the
hairsmer ar� recardcd an tl�c �cld lo� and are shown ❑n tl�e Lo�; af B�ring 5heets as "TX Cone"
{referer�ce TxD[�T Test Meth�d TEX 132-E, as madified}.
Lflgs ❑f' aii borings were included in the Appendix of this repart. The logs shaw �isual
descriptions af subsurface strata encountered using the Uni�ed Soil L:lassification Systen�.
Sampling information, pertinc�lt ticld data, and �cld nbscr�atians are a1sQ includcd. Samplcs n�t
cnnsumed 6y testing will tae retained in aur laboratc�ry foe at least 14 days and then discarded
unless the �'lient i-equests otherwise.
ALPHAReportNo. W152058
B-1 METHODS OF LABORATORY TESTiNG
�
�
�
Representative sa�nples were evaluated and �lassified by a q�alified n3emher of the Geotechnical
❑iuision and t]le boring logs were edited as �lecessary. To aid in classifyi��g the substirface
matcrials and to dctcn�line the gc�leral �nginccring cl�aract�risti�s, natural t�noisturc content tests
{ASTM ❑ 22 I fi), Attcrkacr�;-limit tcsts [ASTM D 431 H}, �crcent material passin�; the Nn. 2{)[]
sie�e test (l1STM D 1140} and c{ry unit weiaht d�terininations were per€'ormed on selectec�
sampfes. I�1 addition, uncotifined campressi�e strengtll test� (ASTM � 2166} arid pocket-
per�etrameter tests were co�ld�icted ❑n selected sail samp]es to e�a�tiate the soi] sllear 5trengih.
Resiilts of all laboratory tests described aUo�e are prfl��ided an tl�e Log of �3oring sheets.
ln addition to the Atterher�;-]imit tests, the expansi�•e properties of the clayey soil5 were further
analyzecf by an absor}�tic�n swell test in accordance with ASTM U454fi. The sweLl test is
perfanned by piacina a selected sarnple in a cansolidatian mac�iine an� applyitig either the
appraximate current ar expected overburden pressure and the�1 allowing the sample to ahsor�
water. When tl�e sainple ex]Zibits very little tendcn�y for fi�rther expansion, the height increase is
rccordcd and tl�e percent frce swcll and tota] moisturc gain calcul�tcd, R�sults of thc absorption
swell t�sts are prn��ided [�:1 the Swcf[ TeSt Data sheet, C"1�U3�C 2 i11CILld�� lt7 tIi1S A��7f:€lC�l7{.
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 9
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 13
2.0
Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 11 48 21 27
5
4.5+ 11
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 5
100/
10 3.25„ 6
14.0
�5 Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams 100/ q
1"
100/
20 � �� 5
100/
25 0.75�� 5
100/
30 0.50�� 5
100/
35 0.50�� 5
40 40.0 100/ 5
0.50"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 40 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 2
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 11
2.0
Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 12
5 4.5+ 11 47 19 28
6.0
Tan GRAVELLY CLAY with limestone fragments � p 4.5+ 11
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 3.25„ 7
12.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 � �� 5
100/
20 � �� 5
100/
25 0.75�� 5
100/
30 0.75�� 5
100/
35 0.50�� 4
40 40.0 100/ 4
0.50"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 40 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 3
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 13
2.0
Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 10
5 4.5+ 9
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/ 6
4.50"
100/
10 2�� 6
12.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.75�� 5
100/
20 0.50�� 7
100/
25 � �� 7
100/
30 � �� 7
100/
35 0.75�� 6
40 40.0 100/
0.50"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 40 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 4
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/16/2015 End Date: 9/16/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 11
2.0
Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
5 5.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/ g
3.50
10 10.0 100/
0.50"
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
� 5 100/
0.75"
20 20.0 100/
0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
30
35
40
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 5
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATEF2IAL �ESCRIPTIdN
8rown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 12
2.0
Light Brown GRAVELLY CLAY 3.0 4.5+ 58 7 39 14 25
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
5 100/
3.75"
10
11.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
� 5 100/
0.75"
20 20.0 100/
0.50"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
30
35
40
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: $
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 12
2.0
Tan GRAVELLY CLAY with limestone fragments
5
5 5.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
10 10.0 100/
1.75"
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
� 5 100/
0.75"
20 20.0 100/
0.50"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
30
35
40
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: 7
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown CLAY
4.5+ 13
2.0
Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 12
4.0
5 Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 5 � 100/
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 5 FT 3.25"
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G 5�1?h' Hrrrslr C'i•er� x<<.
� Fc��•r yt•❑,•rh, Terrrs L�G DF BQRING NQ.: $
�h f� y Sheet 1 af 1
Phurrc�: �Y17-�96-��iUU
F'u.r: f�17-�196-5�i118 PR�JECT NQ.: W 152�58
W N E R E 1 T A L L B E G I N S �,,,,s•.�,lpl��,rr•sr�,r�;.ron,
Client: PB Ventana I, LLC Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Pump Station Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 9/18/2015 End Date: 9/18/2015 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GRQUNO WATER �65ERVATIpNS � "' � o
� � � � � � � a�i
a°�i � � �n Rods (ft7: NONE � � p `o � � m a L � N � w � � -� �
� r 1 Affer �rilling {ft}: QRY � �❑ � o �� � m � o � Q ° � � �
n a Q � CC o n a o � SL �y ��. U -� "N -�
p � � After H�uCS �ft�: m � U� m o N o o.� `m a �c m
cn �a a � � � � � d
€NATERIAL �ESCRIPTIdN
❑ark Brown GRAVELLY CLAY
4.5+ 13
2.0
Dark Brown CLAY 4.5+ 16 56 21 35
5 5.0 4.5+ 17.4 110 15
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 5 FT
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
ALPHA ��
�
�ESTING
WHEHE [T ALL BEGINS
SOIL & R�CK SYMBdLS
� (CH}, Nigh Plasti�ity CLAY
� {CL], Low Plastic€ty CLAY
� {SCj, CLAYEY SAfJ�
� �SP}, Ponrly Graded SAN�
� [5W}, Well Graded SAND
� [5M), 51L7Y SAtv❑
� [Ml.}, SI�.T
� [MH}, Elastic 51LT
� LIMEST�NE
� SHALE 1 MARL
� 5AAl�ST�NE
a � �GP}, Poorly Graded GRAVEL
�. �GW}, Well Graded GRAVEL
� [GC], CiAYEY GRAVEL
� [GMJ, SILTY GRAVEL
� {�L], tiRGANIC 51LT
� (OH}, �RGANIC CLAY
� FILL
SAMPLII�G SYMB�LS
■SHELBY TL18E �3" O� ex�epE where
nated atherwise}
�5PLI7 SPOOiV {2" Oa except where
nated atherwise}
� AIJCaEF2 SAMPL�
❑ T�XAS C4NE PENETf2ATIQN
�R�CIt C�RE {2" Ip except where
noted otherwise}
KEY TD SQIL SYIIAB�LS
AND CLASSIFICATI�NS
RELATIVE �ENSITY �F CdHESIONLESS SaILS [bEawslft]
VERY L��SE
LQQSE
iNE�]llM
DENSE
VERY DE�iSE
0 TO 4
5 70 1 R
11 TO 30
31 TD 5Q
DVER 5Q
SHEAR STRENGTH �F COHE5IVE S�ILS [tsf�
VERY SOFT
S�FT
FIRM
STIFF
VERY STIFF
HAR�
LE55 THAN 0.25
Q.25 TQ 0.5Q
6.5a T� 1.00
1.fl� Td 2.OQ
2.00 TO 4.66
aVER 4.00
RELATIVE DEGREE QF PLASTi�ITI' (PI�
�ow
lN�QlUM
HIGH
VERY NIGH
4 T� 15
16 Tp 25
26 TO 35
�VER 35
RELATIVE PROPQRTIONS �°Iol
TRACE 1 TO 16
�ITTLE 11 Tp 2p
S�ME 21 TQ 35
AAft] 36 TO 5Q
PARTICLE 51ZE Iq�NTIFICATI�N [C]IAM�TER]
B�UL�ERS
C�BBL�S
CQARSE GRAVEL
FINE GRAVEL
CQURSE SAnID
iNEDIUM 5AN❑
FIiVE SAiVQ
51LT
CLAY
8.0" OR LARGER
3.fl" TQ 8.0"
�.75" TO 3.0"
5.� mm TO 3.D"
2.q mm TD 5.d mm
6.4mmTa5.Omm
Q,p7 mm T� fl.4 mm
6.002 mm FO 0.07 mm
LE55 THAN Q.�Q2 mm
ALPHR �
�
TESTIN�
WHER..E IT ALL eE�i�us
- _ .R�l-L�S
�+ t Z��04�=is�onsi�-Sireet # 10�
��
Dalla exas 7522 -------- - -- - --
_ �
� T: 972. . 11 �
. �.�2�. 2
- Fd RT M�. iA
SOSB Brush Creek Raad
Fart Worth, Texas 76l l 9
T: 817.49b.560�
F: 817.496.56D8
_�__-�-d`'u s r � �,—
5513 W. Litt e`York ]
�iau , Te��
T• . 6,�1:��U46�
� - F; 713:36Q.04�.1
g �..If. _ � � T i
, �� _ 1�.766 f�z or
a ntoni , exas `�823
. 0;249.
� . .249:2 _. �
www. a[phatesting. c�m
Cientecla�aiccrl Cnnsl�'i�cirnn Moteriads
_ �� - _._�_
_ -�
- �
F_nviro+zlrren ta1
'��---
��
T[3PE NO. 813
GC-6.09 PERMITS AND UTILIITES
Page 1 of 1
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN
GC-6.09 PERMITS AND UTILIITES
Jon Niermann, Chairman PWS_2200012_CO_20201106_Plan Ltr
Emily Lindley, Commissioner
Bobby Janecka, Commissioner
Toby Baker, Executive Director
TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
Protecting Texas by Reducing and Preventing Pollution
P.O. Box 13087 • Austin, Texas 78711-3087 • 512-239-1000 • tceq.texas.gov
How is our customer service? tceq.texas.gov/customersurvey
printed on recycled paper
November 6, 2020
Ms. Ashley Broughton, P.E.
LJA Engineering
3600 W. Sam Houston Pkwy S.
Houston, TX 77042
Re: City of Fort Worth - Public Water System ID No. 2200012
Proposed Ventana Hydropneumatic Tank
Engineer Contact Telephone: (713) 380-4431
Plan Review Log No. P-09082020-054
Tarrant County, Texas
CN600128862; RN101424687
Dear Ms. Broughton:
On September 8, 2020, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) received
planning material with your letter dated August 28, 2020 for the proposed Ventana
hydropneumatic tank. Based on our review of the information submitted, the project generally
meets the minimum requirements of Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 290 –
Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems and is conditionally approved for
construction if the project plans and specifications meet the following requirement(s):
• Pressure tank installations should be equipped with slow closing valves and time delay
pump controls to eliminate water hammer and reduce the chance of tank failure as
required by 30 TAC §290.43(d)(6).
The submittal consisted of 9 sheets of engineering drawings and technical specifications. The
approved project consists of:
• One (1) 15,000 gallons welded steel hydropneumatic tank which meets American Society
of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Section VIII, Division 1 Code;
• And associated yard piping.
This approval is for the construction of the above listed items only. Any wastewater
components contained in this design were not considered.
Ms. Ashley Broughton, P.E.
Page 2
November 6, 2020
The authorization provided in this letter does not relieve a Public Water System from the need
to comply with other applicable state and federal regulations.
The City of Fort Worth public water supply system provides water treatment.
The project is located in the southwest intersection of Aledo Road and Farm to Market road
(FM) 2871 in Tarrant County, Texas.
An appointed engineer must notify the TCEQ's Region 4 Office in Dallas/Fort Worth at (817)
588-5800 when construction will start. Please keep in mind that upon completion of the water
works project, the engineer or owner will notify the commission's Water Supply Division, in
writing, as to its completion and attest to the fact that the completed work is substantially in
accordance with the plans and change orders on file with the commission as required in 30
TAC §290.39(h)(3).
Please refer to the Plan Review Team’s Log No. P-09082020-054 in all correspondence for this
project.
Please complete a copy of the most current Public Water System Plan Review Submittal form for
any future submittals to TCEQ. Every blank on the form must be completed to minimize any
delays in the review of your project. The document is available on TCEQ’s website at the
address shown below. You can also download the most current plan submittal checklists and
forms from the same address.
https://www.tceq.texas.gov/drinkingwater/udpubs.html
For future reference, you can review part of the Plan Review Team’s database to see if we have
received your project. This is available on TCEQ’s website at the following address:
https://www.tceq.texas.gov/drinkingwater/planrev.html/#status
You can download the latest revision of 30 TAC Chapter 290 – Rules and Regulations for Public
Water Systems from this site.
Ms. Ashley Broughton, P.E.
Page 3
November 6, 2020
If you have any questions concerning this letter or need further assistance, please contact Mr.
Jose J. Castillo, P.E. at (512)239-5226 or by email at “jose.castillo@tceq.texas.gov” or by
correspondence at the following address:
Plan Review Team, MC-159
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 13087
Austin, Texas 78711-3087
Sincerely,
Jose J. Castillo, P.E.
Plan Review Team
Plan and Technical Review Section
Water Supply Division
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Vera Poe, P.E., Team Leader
Plan Review Team
Plan and Technical Review Section
Water Supply Division
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
vp/jjc/dy/av
cc: City of Fort Worth, Attn: Ms. Betsy Price, 200 Texas Street. Fort Worth, Texas 76102-
6314
GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements
Page 1 of 1
Ventana Pumping Facility Hydropneumatic Tank Addition
CPN
GR-01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WATER DEPARTMENT
STANDARD PRODUCT LIST
Updated: September 06, 2019
The Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Products List has been developed to
minimize the submittal review of products which meet the Fort Worth Water
Department’s Standard Specifications during utility construction projects. When
Technical Specifications for specific products, are included as part of the
Construction Contract Documents, the requirements of the Technical Specification
will override the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Specifications and the
Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Products List and approval of the
specific products will be based on the requirements of the Technical Specification
whether or not the specific product meets the Fort Worth Water Department’s
Standard Specifications or is on the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard
Products List.
Table of Content
(Click on items to go directly to the page)
Items Page
A.Water & Sewer
1. Manholes & Bases/Components ........................................................... 1
2.Manholes & Bases/Fiberglass ............................................................... 2
3.Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectangular ............................... 3
4.Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Round ....................................... 4
5.Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight .. 5
6.Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete .................................................... 6
7.Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/Cementitious ................................ 7
8.Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/NonCementitious ......................... 8
9.Manhole Insert (Field Operations Use Only) ........................................ 9
10. Pipe Casing Spacer ............................................................................... 10
11. Pipes/Ductile Iron ................................................................................. 11
12. Utility Line Marker ............................................................................... 12
B.Sewer
13. Coatings/Epoxy ..................................................................................... 13
14. Coatings/Polyurethane .......................................................................... 14
15. Combination Air Valves ....................................................................... 15
16. Pipes/Concrete ...................................................................................... 16
17. Pipe Enlargement System (Method) ..................................................... 17
18. Pipes/Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe ......................................................... 18
19. Pipes/HDPE .......................................................................................... 19
20. Pipes/PVC (Pressure Sewer) ................................................................. 20
21. Pipes/PVC* ........................................................................................... 21
22. Pipes/Rehab/CIPP ................................................................................. 22
23. Pipes/Rehab/Fold & Form .................................................................... 23
24. Pipes/Open Profile Large Diameter ...................................................... 24
C.Water
25. Appurtenances ....................................................................................... 25
26. Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets ....................................................................... 26
27. Combination Air Release Valve ........................................................... 27
28. Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants ...................................................................... 28
29. Meters ................................................................................................... 29
30. Pipes/PVC (Pressure Water) ................................................................. 30
31. Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings ....................................... 31
32. Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Resilient Seated Gate Valve .......................... 32
33. Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve ...................... 33
34. Polyethylene Encasement ..................................................................... 34
35. Sampling Stations ................................................................................. 35
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeWater & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Components 33-39-10 (Rev 2/3/16)07/23/97 33 05 13 Urethane Hydrophilic Waterstop Asahi Kogyo K.K. Adeka Ultra-Seal P-201 ASTM D2240/D412/D79204/26/00 33 05 13 Offset Joint for 4' Diam. MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawing No. 35-0048-00104/26/00 33 05 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MH. Press-Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 SS MH1/26/99 33 05 13 HDPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech, Inc HDPE Adjustment Ring Non-traffic area5/13/05 33 05 13 Manhole External Wrap Canusa - CPS WrapidSeal Manhole Encapsulation SystemCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content1
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Fiberglass 33-39-13 (1/8/13)1/26/99 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment, Inc. Flowtite ASTM 3753 Non-traffic area08/30/06 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole L.F. ManufacturingNon-traffic area* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content2
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectangular 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16)* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 1001 24"x40" WD* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content3
Approval Spec No. ClasssificationManufacturerModel No.National SpecSizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16)*33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversWestern Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry3002424" Dia.*33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversMcKinley Iron Works Inc.A 24 AM24" Dia.08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah FoundryR-1272ASTM A48 & AASHTO M30624" Dia.08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah FoundryR- 165-LM (Hinged)ASTM A48 & AASHTO M30624" Dia.08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah FoundryNF 1274ASTM A48 & AASHTO M30630" Dia.08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah FoundryR-1743-LM (Hinged)ASTM A48 & AASHTO M30630" dia.33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversSigma CorporationMH-144N33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversSigma CorporationMH-143N33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversPont-A-MoussonGTS-STD24" dia.33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah Casting24" dia.10/31/06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (Hinged)PowersealHinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A53624" Dia.7/25/03 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversSaint-Gobain Pipelines (Pamrex/rexus)RE32-R8FS30" Dia.01/31/06 33 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and CoverEast Jordan Iron WorksV1432-2 and V1483 DesignsAASHTO M306-0430" Dia.11/02/10 33 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and CoverSigma CorporationMH1651FWN & MH1650230" Dia07/19/11 33 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and CoverStar Pipe ProductsMH32FTWSS-DC 30" Dia08/10/11 33 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and CoverAccucast220700 Heavy Duty with Gasket Ring30" Dia10/14/13 33 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable)East Jordan Iron Works 30" ERGO XL Assembly with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gasket ASSHTO M105 & ASTM A53630" Dia06/01/17 34 05 1330" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) CISIP Industries2280 (32")ASTM A 4830" Dia.09/16/19 33 05 13.1030" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Composite Access Products, L.P.CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composite, w/ Lock w/o Hing30" Dia.* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content4
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16)* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson Pamtight 24" Dia.* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting24" Dia.* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass & Hays Foundry 300-24P 24" Dia.* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. WPA24AM 24" Dia.03/08/00 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Accucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 24" Dia.04/20/01 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (SIP)Serampore Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 24" Dia.* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content5
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete (Rev 1/8/13)* 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Hydro Conduit Corp SPL Item #49 ASTM C 478 48"* 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C-443 48"09/23/96 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Concrete Product Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48" w/32" cone05/08/18 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 48", 60" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48", 60"10/27/06 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Oldcastle Precast Inc.48" I.D. Manhole w/ 24" Cone ASTM C 478 48" Diam w 24" Ring06/09/10 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast (Reinforce Polymer)Concrete US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 48" to 72"09/06/19 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 60" & 72" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-76 60" & 72"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content6
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/Cementitious* E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Quadex04/23/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Standard Cement Materials, Inc. Reliner MSPE1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems AP/M Permaform4/20/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System5/12/03 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System (Liner) Poly-triplex Technologies MH repair product to stop infiltration ASTM D581308/30/06 General Concrete Repair FlexKrete Technologies Vinyl Polyester Repair Product Misc. Use* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content7
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/NonCementitious05/20/96 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Sprayroq, Spray Wall Polyurethane Coating ASTM D639/D790* E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Sun Coast12/14/01 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) ERTECH Series 20230 and 2100 (Asphatic Emulsion)For Exterior Coating of Concrete Structures Only01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1HB, S1, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications08/30/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Citadel SLS-30 Solids Epoxy Sewer Applications03/19/1833 05 16, 33 39 10, 33 39 20 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) Sherwin WilliamsRR&C Dampproofing Non-Fibered Spray Grade (Asphatic Emulsion)For Exterior Coating of Concrete Structures Only* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content8
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Manhole Inserts - Field Operations Use Only (Rev 2/3/16)* 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Knutson Enterprises Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia.* 33 05 13 Manhole Insert South Western Packaging Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia.* 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Noflow-Inflow Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia.09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. LifeSaver - Stainless Steel For 24" dia.09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. TetherLok - Stainless Steel For 24" dia* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content9
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Pipe Casing Spacers 33-05-24 (07/01/13)11/04/02 Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI02/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Casing Spacers09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Up to 48"09/14/10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator Coated Steel Casin Spacers Up to 48" 05/10/11 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 4810 Powerchock Up to 48"03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM SS-12 Casing Spacer(Stainless Steel)03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWMFB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel) for Non_pressure Pipe and Grouted Casing* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content10
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Pipes/Ductile Iron 33-11-10(1/8/13)* 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Super Bell-Tite Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe, AWWA C150, C1513" thru 24"08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co.American Fastite Pipe (Bell Spigot) AWWA C150, C151 4" thru 30"08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co.American Flex Ring (Restrained Joint) AWWA C150, C151 4" thru 30"* 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. AWWA C150, C151* 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co. AWWA C150, C151* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content11
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water & Sewer - Utility Line Marker (08/24/2018)* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content12
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Coatings/Epoxy 33-39-60 (01/08/13)02/25/02 Epoxy Lining System Sauereisen, Inc SewerGard 210RS LA County #210-1.3312/14/01 Epoxy Lining System Ertech Technical Coatings Ertech 2030 and 2100 Series04/14/05 Interior Ductile Iron Pipe Coating Induron Protecto 401 ASTM B-117 Ductile Iron Pipe Only01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1HB, S1, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content13
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Coatings/Polyurethane* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content14
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Combination Air Valves 05/25/18 33-31-70 Air Release Valve A.R.I. USA, Inc. D025LTP02(Composite Body) 2"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content15
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/Concrete* E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C 76* E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hydro Conduit Corporation Class III T&G, SPL Item #77 ASTM C 76* E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hanson Concrete Products SPL Item #95-Manhole, #98- PipeASTM C 76* E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Concrete Pipe & Products Co. Inc. ASTM C 76* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content16
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipe Enlargment System (Method)33-31-23 (01/18/13)PIM System PIM Corporation Polyethylene PIM Corp., Piscata Way, N.J. Approved PreviouslyMcConnell Systems McLat Construction Polyethylene Houston, Texas Approved PreviouslyTRS Systems Trenchless Replacement System Polyethylene Calgary, Canada Approved Previously* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content17
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipe/Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 33-31-13(1/8/13)7/21/97 33 31 13 Cent. Cast Fiberglass Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. Hobas Pipe (Non-Pressure) ASTM D3262/D375403/22/10 33 31 13 Fiberglass Pipe Ameron Bondstrand RPMP Pipe ASTM D3262/D375410/30/03 Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polymer Pipe Thompson Pipe Group Flowtite ASTM D3262/D37544/14/05 Polymer Modified Concrete Pipe Amitech USA Meyer Polycrete Pipe ASTM C33, A276, F477 8" to 102", Class V06/09/10 E1-9 Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe ASTM C-76* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content18
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/HDPE 33-31-23(1/8/13)* High-density polyethylene pipe Phillips Driscopipe, Inc. Opticore Ductile Polyethylene Pipe ASTM D 1248 8"* High-density polyethylene pipe Plexco Inc. ASTM D 1248 8"* High-density polyethylene pipe Polly Pipe, Inc. ASTM D 1248 8"High-density polyethylene pipe CSR Hydro Conduit/Pipeline Systems McConnell Pipe Enlargement ASTM D 1248* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content19
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/PVC (Pressure Sewer) 33-11-12 (4/1/13)12/02/11 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jetstream PVC Pressure Pipe AWWA C900 4" thru 12"10/22/14 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Royal Building Products Royal Seal PVC Pressure Pipe AWWA C900 4" thru 12"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content20
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/PVC* 33-31-20 (7/1/13)* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Certain-Teed Products Corp ASTM D 3034 4" thru 15"* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Napco Manufacturing CorpASTM D 3034, D 17844" & 8"* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc. (JM Eagle) ASTM D 3034 4" - 15"12/23/97* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation SDR-26 and SDR-35 ASTM F 789, ASTM D 30344" thru 15"* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Lamson Vylon Pipe ASTM F 789 4" thru 15"33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Royal Building Products Royal Seal Solid Wall Pipe SDR 26 & 35 ASTM 3034 4" thru 15"01/18/18 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe Gravity Sewer ASTM D3034 4" thru 15"11/11/98 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation "S" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F 679 18" to 27"* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co, Inc. (JM Eagle) ASTM F 679 18" - 27"09/11/12 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR-26 and SDr-35 ASTM F-679 18"05/06/0533-31-20PVC Solid Wall Pipe Diamond Plastics CorporationPS 46 ASTM F-679 18" to 48"04/27/0633-31-20PVC Sewer Fittings HarcoSDR-26 and SDR-35 Gasket Fittings ASTM D-3034, D-1784, etc 4" - 15"*33-31-20PVC Sewer Fittings Plastic Trends, In.cGasketed PVC Sewer Main Fittings ASTM D 303411/17/99E100-2Closed Profile PVC Pipe Diamond Plastics CorporationASTM 1803/F794 18" to 48"3/19/2018 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 35 ASTM F679 18"- 24"3/19/2018 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15"3/29/2019 33 31 20Gasketed Fittings (PVC)GPK Products, Inc. SDR 26 ASTM D3034/F-679 4"- 15"9/6/2019 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO SDR 26, SDR 35 ASTM D3034 4" - 8"9/6/2019 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. SDR 26, SDR 35 ASTM D3034 8"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content21
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/Rehab/CIPP 33-31-12 (01/18/13)* Cured in Place Pipe Insituform Texark, Inc ASTM F 121605/03/99 Cured in Place Pipe National Envirotech Group National Liner, (SPL) Item #27 ASTM F-1216/D-581305/29/96 Cured in Place Pipe Reynolds Inc/Inliner Technolgy (Inliner USA) Inliner Technology ASTM F 1216* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content22
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/Rehab/Fold & Form* Fold and Form Pipe Cullum Pipe Systems, Inc.11/03/98 Fold and Form Pipe Insituform Technologies, Inc. Insituform "NuPIpe" ASTM F-1504Fold and Form Pipe American Pipe & Plastics, Inc.Demo. Purpose Only12/04/00 Fold and Form Pipe Ultraliner Ultraliner PVC Alloy Pipeliner ASTM F-1504, 1871, 186706/09/03 Fold and Form Pipe Miller Pipeline Corp. EX Method ASTM F-1504, F-1947 Up to 18" diameter* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content23
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Sewer - Pipes/Open Profile Large Diameter09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Lamson Vylon Pipe Carlon Vylon H.C. Closed Profile Pipe, ASTM F 679 18" to 48"09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Extrusion Technologies, Inc. Ultra-Rib Open Profile Sewer Pipe ASTM F 679 18" to 48"E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Uponor ETI Company11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Double Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SaniTite HP Double Wall (Corrugated)ASTM F 2736 24"-30"11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Triple Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SaniTite HP Triple Wall Pipe ASTM F 2764 30" to 60"05/16/11 Steel Reinforced Polyethylene Pipe ConTech Construction Products Durmaxx ASTM F 2562 24" to 72"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content24
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Appurtenances 33-12-10 (07/01/13)01/18/18 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Romac 202NS Nylon Coated AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe08/28/02 Double Strap Saddle Smith Blair #317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle07/23/12 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Mueller Company DR2S Double (SS) Strap DI Saddle AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe10/27/87 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT & 610MT 3/4" and 1"10/27/87 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves McDonald 4603B, 4604B, 6100M, 6100TM and 6101M 1½" and 2"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc.FB600-7NL, FB1600-7-NL, FV23-777-W-NL, L22-77NL AWWA C800 2"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc.FB600-6-NL, FB1600-6-NL, FV23-666-W-NL, L22-66NL AWWA C800 1-1/2"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc.FB600-4-NL, FB1600-4-NL, B11-444-WR-NL, B22444-WR-NL, L28-44NL AWWA C800 1"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd.B-25000N, B-24277N-3, B-20200N-3, H-15000N, , H-1552N, H142276NAWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 2"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd.B-25000N, B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3,H-15000N, H-14276N, H-15525NAWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 1-1/2"5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd.B-25000N, B-20200N-3,H-15000N, H-15530NAWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 1"01/26/00 Coated Tapping Saddle with Double SS Straps JCM Industries, Inc. #406 Double Band SS Saddle 1"-2" Taps on up to 12" 0/5/21/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) JCM Industries, Inc. 412 Tapping Sleeve ESS AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out05/10/11 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Powerseal 3490AS (Flange) & 3490MJ 4"-8" and 16"02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) Romac FTS 240 AWWA C-223 U p to 42" w/24" Out02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 24" w/12" Out02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST III Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out05/10/11 Joint Repair Clamp Powerseal 3232 Bell Joint Repair Clamp4" to 30"Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW37C-12-1EPAF FTWPlastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW39C-12-1EPAF FTW08/30/06 Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-1EPAF FTW Class "A"Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB37-B12 1118 LID-9Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB65-B65 1527 LID-9* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content25
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 33-11-05 (01/08/13)* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content26
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Combination Air Release 33-31-70 (01/08/13)* E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve GA Industries, Inc. Empire Air and Vacuum Valve, Model 935 ASTM A 126 Class B, ASTM A 240 - float, ASTM A 307 - Cover Bolts1" & 2"* E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve Multiplex Manufacturing Co.Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves, Model No. 1/2", 1" & 2"* E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve Valve and Primer Corp. APCO #143C, #145C and #147C 1", 2" & 3"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content27
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants 33-12-40 (01/15/14)10/01/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American-Darling Valve Drawing Nos. 90-18608, 94-18560 AWWA C-50203/31/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No. 94-18791 AWWA C-50209/30/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No. D-19895 AWWA C-50201/12/93 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American AVK Company Model 2700 AWWA C-50208/24/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Drawings D20435, D20436, B20506 AWWA C-502E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant ITT Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing No. D-80783FW AWWA C-50209/24/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Company Shop Drawing No. 13476 AWWA C-50210/14/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller CompanyShop Drawings No. 6461 A-423 Centurion AWWA C-50201/15/88 E1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller CompanyShop Drawing FH-12A-423 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-50210/09/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S. Pipe & Foundry Shop Drawing No. 960250 AWWA C-50209/16/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Waterous Company Shop Drawing No. SK740803 AWWA C-50208/12/16 33-12-40 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) WaterMaster 5CD250* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content28
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Meters02/05/93 E101-5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AWWA C550 4" - 10"08/05/04 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701, Class 1 3/4" - 6"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content29
Approval Spec No. ClasssificationManufacturerModel No.National SpecSizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Pipes/PVC (Pressure Water) 33-31-70 (01/08/13)01/18/18 33-11-12 PVC Pressure PipeVinyltech PVC PipeAWWA C900, AWWA C605, ASTM D17844"-12"3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipePipelife Jet StreamDR14AWWA C9004"-12"3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipePipelife Jet StreamDR18AWWA C90016"-24"5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeDiamond Plastics CorporationDR 14AWWA C9004"-12"5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeDiamond Plastics CorporationTrans 21, DR 14, DR 18AWWA C90016"-24"12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeJ-M Manifacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM EagleDR 14"Blue Brute"AWWA C900-16UL 1285ANSI/NSF 61FM 16124"-12"12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeJ-M Manifacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM EagleDR 18"Blue Brute"AWWA C900-16UL 1285ANSI/NSF 61FM 161216"-24"9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeUnderground Solutions Inc.DR14 Fusible PVCAWWA C9004" - 8"9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeNAPCODR18AWWA C90016" - 24"9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeNAPCODR14AWWA C9004"- 12"9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure PipeSanderson Pipe Corp.DR14AWWA C9004"- 12"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content30
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings 33-11-11 (01/08/13)07/23/92 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Star Pipe Products, Inc. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C153 & C110* E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C 110* E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings McWane/Tyler Pipe/ Union Utilities DivisionMechanical Joint Fittings, SSB Class 350AWWA C 153, C 110, C 11108/11/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Sigma, Co.Mechanical Joint Fittings, SSB Class 351AWWA C 153, C 110, C 11202/26/14 E1-07 MJ Fittings AccucastClass 350 C-153 MJ FittingsAWWA C153 4"-12"05/14/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-FlangeUni-Flange Series 1400 AWWA C111/C153 4" to 36"05/14/98 E1-24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-FlangeUni-Flange Series 1500 Circle-LockAWWA C111/C153 4" to 24" 11/09/04 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints One Bolt, Inc.One Bolt Restrained Joint FittingAWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 12"02/29/12 33-11-11 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc.Megalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe)AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 42"02/29/12 33-11-11 PVC Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc.Megalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe)AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 24"08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co.Sigma One-Lok SLC4 - SLC10AWWA C111/C153 4" to 10"03/06/19 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co.Sigma One-Lok SLCS4 - SLCS12AWWA C111/C153 4" to 12"08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co.Sigma One-Lok SLCEAWWA C111/C153 12" to 24"08/10/98 E1-07 MJ Fittings(DIP) Sigma, Co.Sigma One-Lok SLDEAWWA C153 4" - 24"10/12/10 E1-24 Interior Restrained Joint System S & B Techncial ProductsBulldog System ( Diamond Lok 21 & JM Eagle ASTM F-1624 4" to 12"08/16/06 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Fittings SIP Industries(Serampore)Mechanical Joint FittingsAWWA C153 4" to 24"11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc.PVC Stargrip Series 4000ASTM A536 AWWA C11111/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc.DIP Stargrip Series 3000ASTM A536 AWWA C11103/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore)EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIPASTM A536 AWWA C111 3"-48"03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore)EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 DR14 PVC PipeASTM A536 AWWA C111 4"-12"03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore)EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 DR18 PVC PipeASTM A536 AWWA C111 16"-24"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content31
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Resilient Seated Gate Valve* 33-12-20 (05/13/15)Resilient Wedged Gate Valve w/no Gears American Flow Control Series 2500 Drawing # 94-20247 16"12/13/02 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2530 and Series 2536 AWWA C515 30" and 36"08/31/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2520 & 2524 (SD 94-20255) AWWA C515 20" and 24"05/18/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2516 (SD 94-20247) AWWA C515 16"10/24/00 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2500 (Ductile Iron) AWWA C515 4" to 12"08/05/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42" and 48" AFC 2500 AWWA C515 42" and 48"05/23/91 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company American AVK Resilient Seaded GV AWWA C509 4" to 12"01/24/02 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company20" and smaller* E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy4" - 12"* E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve M&H4" - 12"* E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co.4" - 12"11/08/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361 (SD 6647) AWWA C515 16"01/23/03 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18"-24" (SD 6709) AWWA C515 24" and smaller05/13/05 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 30" & 36", C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36"01/31/06 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42" & 48", C-515 AWWA C515 42" and 48"01/28/88 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. AWWA C509 4" - 12"10/04/94 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV (SD D-20995) AWWA C515 16"11/08/99 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve (SD D-21652) AWWA C515 24" and smaller11/29/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" (Note 3)11/30/12 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AWWA C515 24" to 48" (Note 3)05/08/91 E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Stockham Valves & Fittings AWWA C 509, ANSI 420 - stem, ASTM A 276 Type 304 - Bolts & nuts4" - 12"* E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.Metroseal 250, requirements SPL #743" to 16"10/26/16 33-12-20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ (East Jordan Iron Works)EJ FlowMaster Gate Valve & Boxes08/24/18Matco Gate Valve Matco-Norca225 MRAWWA/ANSI C115/An21.15 4" to 16"* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content32
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve 33-12-21 (07/10/14)* E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Henry Pratt Co. AWWA C-504 24"* E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Mueller Co. AWWA C-504 24"and smaller1/11/99 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Dezurik Valves Co. AWWA C-504 24" and larger06/12/03 E1-30 Valmatic American Butterfly Valve Valmatic Valve and Manufacturing Corp. Valmatic American Butterfly Valve. AWWA C-504 Up to 84" diameter04/06/07 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500 & 1450 AWWA C-504 24" to 48"03/19/18 33 12 21 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve G. A. Industries (Golden Anderson) AWWA C504 Butterfly Valve AWWA C-504 30"-54" * From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content33
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Polyethylene Encasement 33-11-10 (01/08/13)05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Flexsol Packaging Fulton Enterprises AWWA C105 8 mil LLD05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Mountain States Plastics (MSP) and AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AWWA C105 8 mil LLD05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt & Gasket AWWA C105 8 mil LLD09/06/19 33-11-11 Polyethylene Encasment Northtown Products Inc. PE Encasement fro DIP AWWA C105 8 mil LLD* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content34
Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec SizeCITY OF FORT WORTHWATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LISTNote: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding may be required for some pipes.Updated: 09/06/2019Water - Sampling Station3/12/96 Water Sampling Station Water Plus B20 Water Sampling Station* From Original Standard Products ListClick to Return to the Table of Content35